blob: 42ae0ae4b1402797ad3bca4d6c09c6bcbb61700c [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00008 <meta name="description"
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00009 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a>
24 <ol>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000025 <li><a href="#linkage_private">'<tt>private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
26 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private">'<tt>linker_private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling5e721d72010-07-01 21:55:59 +000027 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private_weak">'<tt>linker_private_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000028 <li><a href="#linkage_internal">'<tt>internal</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
29 <li><a href="#linkage_available_externally">'<tt>available_externally</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
30 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
31 <li><a href="#linkage_common">'<tt>common</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
32 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
33 <li><a href="#linkage_appending">'<tt>appending</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
34 <li><a href="#linkage_externweak">'<tt>extern_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Chris Lattner5a2d8752009-10-10 18:26:06 +000035 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce_odr">'<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000036 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
37 <li><a href="#linkage_external">'<tt>externally visible</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
38 <li><a href="#linkage_dllimport">'<tt>dllimport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
39 <li><a href="#linkage_dllexport">'<tt>dllexport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000040 </ol>
41 </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000042 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +000043 <li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000044 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000045 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000046 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +000047 <li><a href="#namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a></li>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +000048 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +000049 <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +000050 <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000051 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +000052 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +000053 <li><a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a></li>
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +000054 <li><a href="#volatile">Volatile Memory Accesses</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000055 </ol>
56 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000057 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
58 <ol>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000059 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +000060 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000061 <ol>
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +000062 <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000063 <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
64 <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
65 <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +000066 <li><a href="#t_metadata">Metadata Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000067 </ol>
68 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000069 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
70 <ol>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +000071 <li><a href="#t_aggregate">Aggregate Types</a>
72 <ol>
73 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
74 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
75 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
76 <li><a href="#t_union">Union Type</a></li>
77 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
78 </ol>
79 </li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000080 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
81 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +000082 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000083 </ol>
84 </li>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +000085 <li><a href="#t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000086 </ol>
87 </li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000088 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000089 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000090 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li>
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +000091 <li><a href="#complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000092 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
93 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +000094 <li><a href="#trapvalues">Trap Values</a></li>
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +000095 <li><a href="#blockaddress">Addresses of Basic Blocks</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000096 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000097 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000098 </li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000099 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
100 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000101 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000102 <li><a href="#metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata Strings</a></li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +0000103 </ol>
104 </li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000105 <li><a href="#intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
106 <ol>
107 <li><a href="#intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +0000108 <li><a href="#intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>'
109 Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000110 <li><a href="#intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>'
111 Global Variable</a></li>
112 <li><a href="#intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>'
113 Global Variable</a></li>
114 </ol>
115 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000116 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
117 <ol>
118 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
119 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000120 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
121 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000122 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +0000123 <li><a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000124 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000125 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000126 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000127 </ol>
128 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000129 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
130 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000131 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000132 <li><a href="#i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000133 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000134 <li><a href="#i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000135 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000136 <li><a href="#i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000137 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
138 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
139 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000140 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
141 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
142 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000143 </ol>
144 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000145 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
146 <ol>
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +0000147 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
148 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
149 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000150 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000151 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000152 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000153 </ol>
154 </li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000155 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
156 <ol>
157 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
158 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
159 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000160 </ol>
161 </li>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +0000162 <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
163 <ol>
164 <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
165 <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
166 </ol>
167 </li>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000168 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000169 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000170 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000171 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
172 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
173 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000174 </ol>
175 </li>
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000176 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000177 <ol>
178 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
179 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
180 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
181 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
182 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000183 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
184 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
185 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
186 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000187 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
188 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000189 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000190 </ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000191 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000192 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
193 <ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000194 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
195 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000196 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000197 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000198 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000199 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000200 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000201 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000202 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000203 </li>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000204 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000205 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000206 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
207 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000208 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
209 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
210 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000211 </ol>
212 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000213 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
214 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000215 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
216 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
217 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000218 </ol>
219 </li>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000220 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
221 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000222 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
223 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
224 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
225 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
226 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
227 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohman31f1af12010-05-26 21:56:15 +0000228 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswell7123e272004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000229 </ol>
230 </li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000231 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
232 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000233 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
234 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
235 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
236 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
237 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000238 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
239 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
240 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000241 </ol>
242 </li>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000243 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000244 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000245 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000246 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
247 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
248 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000249 </ol>
250 </li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000251 <li><a href="#int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
252 <ol>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +0000253 <li><a href="#int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
254 <li><a href="#int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
255 <li><a href="#int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
256 <li><a href="#int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
257 <li><a href="#int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +0000258 <li><a href="#int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000259 </ol>
260 </li>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +0000261 <li><a href="#int_fp16">Half Precision Floating Point Intrinsics</a>
262 <ol>
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +0000263 <li><a href="#int_convert_to_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
264 <li><a href="#int_convert_from_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +0000265 </ol>
266 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000267 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000268 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000269 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000270 <ol>
271 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000272 </ol>
273 </li>
Bill Wendling3c44f5b2008-11-18 22:10:53 +0000274 <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a>
275 <ol>
276 <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li>
277 <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li>
278 <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li>
279 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li>
280 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li>
281 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li>
282 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li>
283 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li>
284 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li>
285 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li>
286 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li>
287 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li>
288 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
289 </ol>
290 </li>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +0000291 <li><a href="#int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
292 <ol>
293 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_start"><tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt></a></li>
294 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_end"><tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt></a></li>
295 <li><a href="#int_invariant_start"><tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt></a></li>
296 <li><a href="#int_invariant_end"><tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt></a></li>
297 </ol>
298 </li>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000299 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000300 <ol>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000301 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000302 '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000303 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000304 '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +0000305 <li><a href="#int_trap">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000306 '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
307 <li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
308 '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +0000309 <li><a href="#int_objectsize">
310 '<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000311 </ol>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000312 </li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000313 </ol>
314 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000315</ol>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000316
317<div class="doc_author">
318 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
319 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000320</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000321
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000322<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000323<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
324<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000325
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000326<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000327
328<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM is
329 a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides type
330 safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
331 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code representation
332 used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation strategy.</p>
333
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000334</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000335
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000336<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000337<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
338<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000339
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000340<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000341
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000342<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different forms:
343 as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation (suitable
344 for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human readable
345 assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a powerful
346 intermediate representation for efficient compiler transformations and
347 analysis, while providing a natural means to debug and visualize the
348 transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are all equivalent. This
349 document describes the human readable representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000350
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000351<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while being
352 expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be a
353 "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that high-level ideas
354 may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how microprocessors are "universal
355 IR's", allowing many source languages to be mapped to them). By providing
356 type information, LLVM can be used as the target of optimizations: for
357 example, through pointer analysis, it can be proven that a C automatic
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000358 variable is never accessed outside of the current function, allowing it to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000359 be promoted to a simple SSA value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000360
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000361</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000362
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000363<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000364<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000365
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000366<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000367
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000368<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
369 assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts and
370 what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following instruction is
371 syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000372
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000373<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000374%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000375</pre>
376
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000377<p>because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of its uses. The
378 LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used to verify
379 that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically run by the
380 parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer before it outputs
381 bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier pass indicate bugs in
382 transformation passes or input to the parser.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000383
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000384</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000385
Chris Lattnercc689392007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000386<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000387
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000388<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000389<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000390<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000391
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000392<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000393
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000394<p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
395 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the <tt>'@'</tt>
396 character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with
397 the <tt>'%'</tt> character. Additionally, there are three different formats
398 for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000399
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000400<ol>
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000401 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000402 For example, <tt>%foo</tt>, <tt>@DivisionByZero</tt>,
403 <tt>%a.really.long.identifier</tt>. The actual regular expression used is
404 '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. Identifiers which require
405 other characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
406 characters may be escaped using <tt>"\xx"</tt> where <tt>xx</tt> is the
407 ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character
408 can be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000409
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000410 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000411 prefix. For example, <tt>%12</tt>, <tt>@2</tt>, <tt>%44</tt>.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000412
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000413 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000414 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000415</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000416
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000417<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000418 don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
419 reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
420 unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
421 variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000422
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000423<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000424 languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
425 ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
426 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
427 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names
428 ('<tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>',
429 '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), and others. These
430 reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because none of them
431 start with a prefix character (<tt>'%'</tt> or <tt>'@'</tt>).</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000432
433<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000434 '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000435
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000436<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000437
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000438<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000439%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000440</pre>
441
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000442<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000443
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000444<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000445%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000446</pre>
447
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000448<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000449
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000450<pre class="doc_code">
Gabor Greifec58f752009-10-28 13:05:07 +0000451%0 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
452%1 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000453%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000454</pre>
455
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000456<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several important
457 lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000458
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000459<ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000460 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000461 line.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000462
463 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000464 assigned to a named value.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000465
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000466 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
467</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000468
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000469<p>It also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000470 demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
471 defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
472 text.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000473
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000474</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000475
476<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
477<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
478<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
479
480<!-- ======================================================================= -->
481<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
482</div>
483
484<div class="doc_text">
485
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000486<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a translation unit
487 of the input programs. Each module consists of functions, global variables,
488 and symbol table entries. Modules may be combined together with the LLVM
489 linker, which merges function (and global variable) definitions, resolves
490 forward declarations, and merges symbol table entries. Here is an example of
491 the "hello world" module:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000492
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000493<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000494<i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant.</i>
495<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000496
497<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +0000498<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8*) <i>; i32 (i8*)* </i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000499
500<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000501define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
502 <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +0000503 %cast210 = <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8*</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000504
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000505 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout.</i>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +0000506 <a href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8* %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000507 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}
508
509<i>; Named metadata</i>
510!1 = metadata !{i32 41}
511!foo = !{!1, null}
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000512</pre>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000513
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000514<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> named
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000515 "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" function,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000516 a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> for
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000517 "<tt>main</tt>" and <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a>
518 "<tt>foo"</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000519
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000520<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, where both
521 functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
522 represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
523 array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
524 following <a href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000525
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000526</div>
527
528<!-- ======================================================================= -->
529<div class="doc_subsection">
530 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
531</div>
532
533<div class="doc_text">
534
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000535<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
536 linkage:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000537
538<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000539 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendling5e721d72010-07-01 21:55:59 +0000540 <dd>Global values with "<tt>private</tt>" linkage are only directly accessible
541 by objects in the current module. In particular, linking code into a
542 module with an private global value may cause the private to be renamed as
543 necessary to avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the
544 module, all references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol
545 table in the object file.</dd>
Rafael Espindolabb46f522009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000546
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000547 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private">linker_private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendling5e721d72010-07-01 21:55:59 +0000548 <dd>Similar to <tt>private</tt>, but the symbol is passed through the
549 assembler and evaluated by the linker. Unlike normal strong symbols, they
550 are removed by the linker from the final linked image (executable or
551 dynamic library).</dd>
552
553 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private_weak">linker_private_weak</a></b></tt></dt>
554 <dd>Similar to "<tt>linker_private</tt>", but the symbol is weak. Note that
555 <tt>linker_private_weak</tt> symbols are subject to coalescing by the
556 linker. The symbols are removed by the linker from the final linked image
557 (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000558
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000559 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendling07d31772010-06-29 22:34:52 +0000560 <dd>Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000561 (<tt>STB_LOCAL</tt> in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
562 corresponds to the notion of the '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000563
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000564 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000565 <dd>Globals with "<tt>available_externally</tt>" linkage are never emitted
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000566 into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
567 allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of
568 the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the
569 module. Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to
570 be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>.
571 This linkage type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000572
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000573 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner4887bd82007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000574 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
Chris Lattner873187c2010-01-09 19:15:14 +0000575 the same name when linkage occurs. This can be used to implement
576 some forms of inline functions, templates, or other code which must be
577 generated in each translation unit that uses it, but where the body may
578 be overridden with a more definitive definition later. Unreferenced
579 <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are allowed to be discarded. Note that
580 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage does not actually allow the optimizer to
581 inline the body of this function into callers because it doesn't know if
582 this definition of the function is the definitive definition within the
583 program or whether it will be overridden by a stronger definition.
584 To enable inlining and other optimizations, use "<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>"
585 linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000586
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000587 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000588 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage has the same merging semantics as
589 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, except that unreferenced globals with
590 <tt>weak</tt> linkage may not be discarded. This is used for globals that
591 are declared "weak" in C source code.</dd>
592
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000593 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000594 <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is most similar to "<tt>weak</tt>" linkage, but
595 they are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
596 global scope.
597 Symbols with "<tt>common</tt>" linkage are merged in the same way as
598 <tt>weak symbols</tt>, and they may not be deleted if unreferenced.
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000599 <tt>common</tt> symbols may not have an explicit section,
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +0000600 must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked '<a
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000601 href="#globalvars"><tt>constant</tt></a>'. Functions and aliases may not
602 have common linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000603
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000604
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000605 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000606 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000607 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage
608 are linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is
609 the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
610 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000611
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000612 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000613 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the symbol
614 is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of
615 being an undefined reference.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000616
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000617 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce_odr">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
618 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak_odr">weak_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000619 <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two functions
620 with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>, ensure
Bill Wendling5e721d72010-07-01 21:55:59 +0000621 that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition rule"
622 &mdash; "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000623 and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
624 be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
625 same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.</dd>
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000626
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000627 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000628 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000629 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
630 resolve external symbol references.</dd>
Reid Spencerc8910842007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000631</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000632
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000633<p>The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
634 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
635 DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).</p>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000636
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000637<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000638 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000639 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000640 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
641 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
642 formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
643 name.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000644
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000645 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000646 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000647 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
648 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
649 name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or
650 variable name.</dd>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000651</dl>
652
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000653<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable is defined to be internal, if
654 another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable and was linked with this
655 one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
656 "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
657 declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.</p>
658
659<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> to have any linkage type
660 other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
661 or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
662
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000663<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt>, <tt>weak</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000664 or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
665
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000666</div>
667
668<!-- ======================================================================= -->
669<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000670 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
671</div>
672
673<div class="doc_text">
674
675<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000676 and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling
677 convention specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of
678 dynamic caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is
679 undefined. The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more
680 may be added in the future:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000681
682<dl>
683 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000684 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000685 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
686 convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in
687 the declared prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as
688 does normal C).</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000689
690 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000691 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000692 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
693 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the
694 target, without having to conform to an externally specified ABI
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +0000695 (Application Binary Interface).
696 <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Tail calls can only be optimized
Chris Lattner29689432010-03-11 00:22:57 +0000697 when this or the GHC convention is used.</a> This calling convention
698 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
699 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000700
701 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000702 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000703 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.
704 As such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does
705 not break any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention
706 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
707 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000708
Chris Lattner29689432010-03-11 00:22:57 +0000709 <dt><b>"<tt>cc <em>10</em></tt>" - GHC convention</b>:</dt>
710 <dd>This calling convention has been implemented specifically for use by the
711 <a href="http://www.haskell.org/ghc">Glasgow Haskell Compiler (GHC)</a>.
712 It passes everything in registers, going to extremes to achieve this by
713 disabling callee save registers. This calling convention should not be
714 used lightly but only for specific situations such as an alternative to
715 the <em>register pinning</em> performance technique often used when
716 implementing functional programming languages.At the moment only X86
717 supports this convention and it has the following limitations:
718 <ul>
719 <li>On <em>X86-32</em> only supports up to 4 bit type parameters. No
720 floating point types are supported.</li>
721 <li>On <em>X86-64</em> only supports up to 10 bit type parameters and
722 6 floating point parameters.</li>
723 </ul>
724 This calling convention supports
725 <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call optimization</a> but
726 requires both the caller and callee are using it.
727 </dd>
728
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000729 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000730 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000731 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
732 conventions start at 64.</dd>
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000733</dl>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000734
735<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000736 support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
737 convention.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000738
739</div>
740
741<!-- ======================================================================= -->
742<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000743 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
744</div>
745
746<div class="doc_text">
747
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000748<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
749 styles:</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000750
751<dl>
752 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000753 <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000754 that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries,
755 means that the declared entity may be overridden. On Darwin, default
756 visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules. Default
757 visibility corresponds to "external linkage" in the language.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000758
759 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000760 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000761 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
762 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol
763 table, so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
764 directly.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000765
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000766 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000767 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000768 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module
769 will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by
770 another module.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000771</dl>
772
773</div>
774
775<!-- ======================================================================= -->
776<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000777 <a name="namedtypes">Named Types</a>
778</div>
779
780<div class="doc_text">
781
782<p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can make
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000783 it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
784 recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000785
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000786<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000787%mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
788</pre>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000789
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000790<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except
791 "<a href="t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type
792 is expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000793
794<p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000795 and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This
796 often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR
797 uses structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out
798 LLVM IR, the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a
799 particular shape. This means that if you have code where two different
800 source types end up having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes
801 print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is an important design point and
802 isn't going to change.</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000803
804</div>
805
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000806<!-- ======================================================================= -->
807<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000808 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
809</div>
810
811<div class="doc_text">
812
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000813<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000814 instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
815 have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit
816 alignment specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which
817 means that it will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a
818 separated copy of the variable). A variable may be defined as a global
819 "constant," which indicates that the contents of the variable
820 will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better optimization, allowing the
821 global data to be placed in the read-only section of an executable, etc).
822 Note that variables that need runtime initialization cannot be marked
823 "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000824
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000825<p>LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
826 constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
827 can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but
828 requires the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
829 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
830 definition.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000831
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000832<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
833 (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
834 always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
835 region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
836 pointers.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000837
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000838<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific numbered
839 address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
840 optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to
841 access the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space
842 qualifier must precede any other attributes.</p>
Christopher Lamb284d9922007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000843
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000844<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000845 supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000846
Chris Lattnerce99fa92010-04-28 00:13:42 +0000847<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global, which must be a power
848 of 2. If not present, or if the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of
849 the global is set by the target to whatever it feels convenient. If an
850 explicit alignment is specified, the global is forced to have exactly that
Chris Lattner2d4b8ee2010-04-28 00:31:12 +0000851 alignment. Targets and optimizers are not allowed to over-align the global
852 if the global has an assigned section. In this case, the extra alignment
853 could be observable: for example, code could assume that the globals are
854 densely packed in their section and try to iterate over them as an array,
855 alignment padding would break this iteration.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000856
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000857<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
858 an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000859
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000860<pre class="doc_code">
Dan Gohman398873c2009-01-11 00:40:00 +0000861@G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000862</pre>
863
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000864</div>
865
866
867<!-- ======================================================================= -->
868<div class="doc_subsection">
869 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
870</div>
871
872<div class="doc_text">
873
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +0000874<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyword, an
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000875 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
876 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
877 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
878 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
879 name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
880 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
881 <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, an optional
882 alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, an opening
883 curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000884
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000885<p>LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
886 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +0000887 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000888 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
889 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
890 name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
891 optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000892
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000893<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000894 (Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally start
895 with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list
896 of instructions, and ends with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a>
897 instruction (such as a branch or function return).</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000898
Chris Lattner4a3c9012007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000899<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000900 executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have
901 predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry
902 block of a function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also
903 cannot have any <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000904
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000905<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000906 supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000907
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000908<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000909 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the
910 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
911 specified, the function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
912 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000913
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000914<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000915<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner50ad45c2008-10-13 16:55:18 +0000916define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000917 [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
918 &lt;ResultType&gt; @&lt;FunctionName&gt; ([argument list])
919 [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
920 [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
921</pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000922
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000923</div>
924
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000925<!-- ======================================================================= -->
926<div class="doc_subsection">
927 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
928</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000929
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000930<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000931
932<p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
933 function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
934 may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
935 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000936
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000937<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000938<pre class="doc_code">
Duncan Sands0b23ac12008-09-12 20:48:21 +0000939@&lt;Name&gt; = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000940</pre>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000941
942</div>
943
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000944<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000945<div class="doc_subsection">
946 <a name="namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a>
947</div>
948
949<div class="doc_text">
950
Chris Lattnere6a5ddd2010-01-15 21:50:19 +0000951<p>Named metadata is a collection of metadata. <a href="#metadata">Metadata
Dan Gohman872814a2010-07-21 18:54:18 +0000952 nodes</a> (but not metadata strings) are the only valid operands for
Chris Lattnere6a5ddd2010-01-15 21:50:19 +0000953 a named metadata.</p>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000954
955<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000956<pre class="doc_code">
Dan Gohman872814a2010-07-21 18:54:18 +0000957; Some unnamed metadata nodes, which are referenced by the named metadata.
958!0 = metadata !{metadata !"zero"}
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000959!1 = metadata !{metadata !"one"}
Dan Gohman872814a2010-07-21 18:54:18 +0000960!2 = metadata !{metadata !"two"}
Dan Gohman1005bc52010-07-13 19:48:13 +0000961; A named metadata.
Dan Gohman872814a2010-07-21 18:54:18 +0000962!name = !{!0, !1, !2}
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000963</pre>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000964
965</div>
966
967<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000968<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000969
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000970<div class="doc_text">
971
972<p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
973 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
974 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
975 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
976 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
977 can have the same function type.</p>
978
979<p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
980 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
981 example:</p>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000982
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +0000983<pre class="doc_code">
Nick Lewyckyb6a7d252009-02-15 23:06:14 +0000984declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
Chris Lattner66d922c2008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000985declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
986declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000987</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000988
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000989<p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
990 <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000991
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000992<p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000993
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000994<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000995 <dt><tt><b>zeroext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000996 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
997 should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
998 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000999
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001000 <dt><tt><b>signext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001001 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
1002 should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
1003 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001004
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001005 <dt><tt><b>inreg</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001006 <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated in a
1007 special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a function
1008 call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed to memory,
1009 though some targets use it to distinguish between two different kinds of
1010 registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001011
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001012 <dt><tt><b><a name="byval">byval</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001013 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by value
1014 to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the pointee
1015 is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable to
1016 modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
1017 pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
1018 value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered
1019 to belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
1020 <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
1021 <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
1022 values. The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with
1023 the align attribute. This has a target-specific effect on the code
1024 generator that usually indicates a desired alignment for the synthesized
1025 stack slot.</dd>
1026
Dan Gohmanff235352010-07-02 23:18:08 +00001027 <dt><tt><b><a name="sret">sret</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001028 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
1029 structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
1030 This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and
1031 stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This
1032 may only be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute
1033 for return values. </dd>
1034
Dan Gohmanff235352010-07-02 23:18:08 +00001035 <dt><tt><b><a name="noalias">noalias</a></b></tt></dt>
Dan Gohman1e109622010-07-02 18:41:32 +00001036 <dd>This indicates that pointer values
1037 <a href="#pointeraliasing"><i>based</i></a> on the argument or return
Dan Gohmanefca7f92010-07-02 23:46:54 +00001038 value do not alias pointer values which are not <i>based</i> on it,
1039 ignoring certain "irrelevant" dependencies.
1040 For a call to the parent function, dependencies between memory
1041 references from before or after the call and from those during the call
1042 are "irrelevant" to the <tt>noalias</tt> keyword for the arguments and
1043 return value used in that call.
Dan Gohman1e109622010-07-02 18:41:32 +00001044 The caller shares the responsibility with the callee for ensuring that
1045 these requirements are met.
1046 For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias response in
Dan Gohmanff70fe42010-07-06 15:26:33 +00001047 <a href="AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias analysis</a>.<br>
1048<br>
John McCall191d4ee2010-07-06 21:07:14 +00001049 Note that this definition of <tt>noalias</tt> is intentionally
1050 similar to the definition of <tt>restrict</tt> in C99 for function
Chris Lattner211244a2010-07-06 20:51:35 +00001051 arguments, though it is slightly weaker.
Dan Gohmanff70fe42010-07-06 15:26:33 +00001052<br>
1053 For function return values, C99's <tt>restrict</tt> is not meaningful,
1054 while LLVM's <tt>noalias</tt> is.
1055 </dd>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001056
Dan Gohmanff235352010-07-02 23:18:08 +00001057 <dt><tt><b><a name="nocapture">nocapture</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001058 <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
1059 that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
1060 values.</dd>
1061
Dan Gohmanff235352010-07-02 23:18:08 +00001062 <dt><tt><b><a name="nest">nest</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001063 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
1064 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
1065 attribute for return values.</dd>
1066</dl>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001067
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001068</div>
1069
1070<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001071<div class="doc_subsection">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001072 <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a>
1073</div>
1074
1075<div class="doc_text">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001076
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001077<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
1078 string:</p>
1079
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00001080<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001081define void @f() gc "name" { ... }
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001082</pre>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001083
1084<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001085 collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
1086 support the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
1087
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001088</div>
1089
1090<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1091<div class="doc_subsection">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001092 <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001093</div>
1094
1095<div class="doc_text">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001096
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001097<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about a
1098 function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, not
1099 of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes can
1100 have the same function type.</p>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001101
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001102<p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
1103 multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For example:</p>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001104
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00001105<pre class="doc_code">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001106define void @f() noinline { ... }
1107define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
1108define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001109define void @f() optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001110</pre>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001111
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001112<dl>
Charles Davis1e063d12010-02-12 00:31:15 +00001113 <dt><tt><b>alignstack(&lt;<em>n</em>&gt;)</b></tt></dt>
1114 <dd>This attribute indicates that, when emitting the prologue and epilogue,
1115 the backend should forcibly align the stack pointer. Specify the
1116 desired alignment, which must be a power of two, in parentheses.
1117
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001118 <dt><tt><b>alwaysinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001119 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
1120 function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
1121 threshold for this caller.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001122
Jakob Stoklund Olesen570a4a52010-02-06 01:16:28 +00001123 <dt><tt><b>inlinehint</b></tt></dt>
1124 <dd>This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that inlining
1125 this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in C/C++). It
1126 is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the inliner.</dd>
1127
Nick Lewycky76ec37a2010-07-06 18:24:09 +00001128 <dt><tt><b>naked</b></tt></dt>
1129 <dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
1130 This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
1131
1132 <dt><tt><b>noimplicitfloat</b></tt></dt>
1133 <dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
1134
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001135 <dt><tt><b>noinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001136 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
1137 function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with
1138 the <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001139
Nick Lewycky76ec37a2010-07-06 18:24:09 +00001140 <dt><tt><b>noredzone</b></tt></dt>
1141 <dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a red
1142 zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001143
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001144 <dt><tt><b>noreturn</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001145 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
1146 normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function
1147 ever does dynamically return.</dd>
Bill Wendling31359ba2008-11-13 01:02:51 +00001148
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001149 <dt><tt><b>nounwind</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001150 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
1151 unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its
1152 runtime behavior is undefined.</dd>
Bill Wendlingfbaa7ed2008-11-26 19:07:40 +00001153
Nick Lewycky76ec37a2010-07-06 18:24:09 +00001154 <dt><tt><b>optsize</b></tt></dt>
1155 <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
1156 make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise
1157 do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
1158
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001159 <dt><tt><b>readnone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001160 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides
1161 to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without
1162 dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable
1163 state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to caller functions.
1164 It does not write through any pointer arguments
1165 (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and never
1166 changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
1167 exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but
1168 could use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Devang Patel5d96fda2009-06-12 19:45:19 +00001169
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001170 <dt><tt><b><a name="readonly">readonly</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001171 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
1172 pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt>
1173 arguments) or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers,
1174 etc) visible to caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments
1175 and read state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
1176 returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when called
1177 with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot unwind an
1178 exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but may
1179 use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc5ec8a72009-07-17 18:07:26 +00001180
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001181 <dt><tt><b><a name="ssp">ssp</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001182 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
1183 protector. It is in the form of a "canary"&mdash;a random value placed on
1184 the stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the
1185 function to see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to
1186 determine if a function needs stack protectors or not.<br>
1187<br>
1188 If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1189 function that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting
1190 function will have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
1191
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001192 <dt><tt><b>sspreq</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001193 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
1194 stack smashing protector. This overrides
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001195 the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> function attribute.<br>
1196<br>
1197 If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1198 function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
1199 an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
1200 an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001201</dl>
1202
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001203</div>
1204
1205<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1206<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner1eeeb0c2006-04-08 04:40:53 +00001207 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001208</div>
1209
1210<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001211
1212<p>Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to
1213 the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
1214 concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in
1215 the <tt>.ll</tt> file if desired. The syntax is very simple:</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001216
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00001217<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001218module asm "inline asm code goes here"
1219module asm "more can go here"
1220</pre>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001221
1222<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
1223 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001224 for the number.</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001225
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001226<p>The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
1227 assembly code is generated.</p>
1228
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001229</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001230
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001231<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1232<div class="doc_subsection">
1233 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
1234</div>
1235
1236<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001237
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001238<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001239 data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
1240 simply:</p>
1241
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00001242<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001243target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"
1244</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001245
1246<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
1247 separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with
1248 a letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
1249 aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows:</p>
1250
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001251<dl>
1252 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
1253 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001254 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1255
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001256 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001257 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001258 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
1259 location.</dd>
1260
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001261 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001262 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001263 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying
1264 the <i>pref</i> alignment is optional. If omitted, the
1265 preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted too.</dd>
1266
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001267 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1268 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001269 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
1270
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001271 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001272 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001273 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1274
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001275 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001276 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
Dale Johannesen9d8d2212010-05-28 18:54:47 +00001277 <i>size</i>. Only values of <i>size</i> that are supported by the target
1278 will work. 32 (float) and 64 (double) are supported on all targets;
1279 80 or 128 (different flavors of long double) are also supported on some
1280 targets.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001281
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001282 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1283 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001284 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1285
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001286 <dt><tt>s<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1287 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001288 <i>size</i>.</dd>
Chris Lattnere82bdc42009-11-07 09:35:34 +00001289
1290 <dt><tt>n<i>size1</i>:<i>size2</i>:<i>size3</i>...</tt></dt>
1291 <dd>This specifies a set of native integer widths for the target CPU
1292 in bits. For example, it might contain "n32" for 32-bit PowerPC,
1293 "n32:64" for PowerPC 64, or "n8:16:32:64" for X86-64. Elements of
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001294 this set are considered to support most general arithmetic
Chris Lattnere82bdc42009-11-07 09:35:34 +00001295 operations efficiently.</dd>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001296</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001297
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001298<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
Dan Gohman1c70c002010-04-28 00:36:01 +00001299 default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overridden by the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001300 specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
1301 are given in this list:</p>
1302
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001303<ul>
1304 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
Dan Gohmanfdf2e8c2010-02-23 02:44:03 +00001305 <li><tt>p:64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001306 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1307 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1308 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
1309 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001310 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001311 alignment of 64-bits</li>
1312 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
1313 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
1314 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
1315 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
1316 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001317 <li><tt>s0:64:64</tt> - stack objects are 64-bit aligned</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001318</ul>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001319
1320<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
1321 following rules:</p>
1322
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001323<ol>
1324 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001325 specification is used.</li>
1326
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001327 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001328 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type
1329 is used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then
1330 the the largest integer type is used. For example, given the default
1331 specifications above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next
1332 largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest
1333 specified).</li>
1334
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001335 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001336 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be
1337 used as a fall back. This happens because &lt;128 x double&gt; can be
1338 implemented in terms of 64 &lt;2 x double&gt;, for example.</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001339</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001340
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001341</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001342
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001343<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1344<div class="doc_subsection">
1345 <a name="pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
1346</div>
1347
1348<div class="doc_text">
1349
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001350<p>Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated
Andreas Bolka99a82052009-07-27 20:37:10 +00001351with an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001352is undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges
1353according to the following rules:</p>
1354
1355<ul>
Dan Gohman1e109622010-07-02 18:41:32 +00001356 <li>A pointer value is associated with the addresses associated with
1357 any value it is <i>based</i> on.
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001358 <li>An address of a global variable is associated with the address
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001359 range of the variable's storage.</li>
1360 <li>The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with
1361 the address range of the allocated storage.</li>
1362 <li>A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001363 no address.</li>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001364 <li>An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned
1365 from a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
1366 ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001367 LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001368 allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.</li>
Dan Gohman1e109622010-07-02 18:41:32 +00001369</ul>
1370
1371<p>A pointer value is <i>based</i> on another pointer value according
1372 to the following rules:</p>
1373
1374<ul>
1375 <li>A pointer value formed from a
1376 <tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt> operation
1377 is <i>based</i> on the first operand of the <tt>getelementptr</tt>.</li>
1378 <li>The result value of a
1379 <tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt> is <i>based</i> on the operand
1380 of the <tt>bitcast</tt>.</li>
1381 <li>A pointer value formed by an
1382 <tt><a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a></tt> is <i>based</i> on all
1383 pointer values that contribute (directly or indirectly) to the
1384 computation of the pointer's value.</li>
1385 <li>The "<i>based</i> on" relationship is transitive.</li>
1386</ul>
1387
1388<p>Note that this definition of <i>"based"</i> is intentionally
1389 similar to the definition of <i>"based"</i> in C99, though it is
1390 slightly weaker.</p>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001391
1392<p>LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001393<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> merely indicates the size and
1394alignment of the memory from which to load, as well as the
Dan Gohmanc22c0f32010-06-17 19:23:50 +00001395interpretation of the value. The first operand type of a
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001396<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> similarly only indicates the size
1397and alignment of the store.</p>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001398
1399<p>Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
1400<tt>-fstrict-aliasing</tt>, is not applicable to general unadorned
1401LLVM IR. <a href="#metadata">Metadata</a> may be used to encode
1402additional information which specialized optimization passes may use
1403to implement type-based alias analysis.</p>
1404
1405</div>
1406
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00001407<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1408<div class="doc_subsection">
1409 <a name="volatile">Volatile Memory Accesses</a>
1410</div>
1411
1412<div class="doc_text">
1413
1414<p>Certain memory accesses, such as <a href="#i_load"><tt>load</tt></a>s, <a
1415href="#i_store"><tt>store</tt></a>s, and <a
1416href="#int_memcpy"><tt>llvm.memcpy</tt></a>s may be marked <tt>volatile</tt>.
1417The optimizers must not change the number of volatile operations or change their
1418order of execution relative to other volatile operations. The optimizers
1419<i>may</i> change the order of volatile operations relative to non-volatile
1420operations. This is not Java's "volatile" and has no cross-thread
1421synchronization behavior.</p>
1422
1423</div>
1424
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001425<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001426<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
1427<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001428
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001429<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001430
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001431<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001432 intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of optimizations
1433 to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, without having
1434 to do extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
1435 system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel analyses
1436 and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal three address
1437 code representations.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001438
1439</div>
1440
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001441<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001442<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001443Classifications</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001444
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001445<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001446
1447<p>The types fall into a few useful classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001448
1449<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001450 <tbody>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001451 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001452 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001453 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001454 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001455 </tr>
1456 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001457 <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td>
1458 <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001459 </tr>
1460 <tr>
1461 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001462 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1463 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1464 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
Dan Gohman0066db62008-06-18 18:42:13 +00001465 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001466 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001467 <a href="#t_union">union</a>,
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001468 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001469 <a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1470 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001471 </td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001472 </tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001473 <tr>
1474 <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
1475 <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1476 <a href="#t_void">void</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001477 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1478 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.</td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001479 </tr>
1480 <tr>
1481 <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001482 <td><a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001483 <a href="#t_function">function</a>,
1484 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
1485 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1486 <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>,
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001487 <a href="#t_union">union</a>,
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001488 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
1489 <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>.
Dan Gohman01ac1012008-10-14 16:32:04 +00001490 </td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001491 </tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001492 </tbody>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001493</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001494
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001495<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the most
1496 important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001497 instructions.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001498
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001499</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001500
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001501<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001502<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001503
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001504<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001505
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001506<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001507 system.</p>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001508
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001509</div>
1510
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001511<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001512<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1513
1514<div class="doc_text">
1515
1516<h5>Overview:</h5>
1517<p>The integer type is a very simple type that simply specifies an arbitrary
1518 bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
1519 2<sup>23</sup>-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
1520
1521<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1522<pre>
1523 iN
1524</pre>
1525
1526<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
1527 value.</p>
1528
1529<h5>Examples:</h5>
1530<table class="layout">
1531 <tr class="layout">
1532 <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
1533 <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
1534 </tr>
1535 <tr class="layout">
1536 <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
1537 <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
1538 </tr>
1539 <tr class="layout">
1540 <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
1541 <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
1542 </tr>
1543</table>
1544
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001545</div>
1546
1547<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001548<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
1549
1550<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001551
1552<table>
1553 <tbody>
1554 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
1555 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1556 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1557 <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
1558 <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
1559 <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
1560 </tbody>
1561</table>
1562
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001563</div>
1564
1565<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1566<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
1567
1568<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001569
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001570<h5>Overview:</h5>
1571<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
1572
1573<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001574<pre>
1575 void
1576</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001577
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001578</div>
1579
1580<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1581<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
1582
1583<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001584
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001585<h5>Overview:</h5>
1586<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
1587
1588<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001589<pre>
1590 label
1591</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001592
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001593</div>
1594
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001595<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1596<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_metadata">Metadata Type</a> </div>
1597
1598<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001599
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001600<h5>Overview:</h5>
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001601<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. No derived types may be
1602 created from metadata except for <a href="#t_function">function</a>
1603 arguments.
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001604
1605<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001606<pre>
1607 metadata
1608</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001609
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001610</div>
1611
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001612
1613<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001614<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001615
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001616<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001617
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001618<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This is
1619 what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers, and other
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001620 useful types. Each of these types contain one or more element types which
1621 may be a primitive type, or another derived type. For example, it is
1622 possible to have a two dimensional array, using an array as the element type
1623 of another array.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001624
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001625
1626</div>
1627
1628<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1629<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_aggregate">Aggregate Types</a> </div>
1630
1631<div class="doc_text">
1632
1633<p>Aggregate Types are a subset of derived types that can contain multiple
1634 member types. <a href="#t_array">Arrays</a>,
1635 <a href="#t_struct">structs</a>, <a href="#t_vector">vectors</a> and
1636 <a href="#t_union">unions</a> are aggregate types.</p>
1637
1638</div>
1639
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001640<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001641<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001642
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001643<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001644
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001645<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001646<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001647 sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of elements)
1648 and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001649
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001650<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001651<pre>
1652 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1653</pre>
1654
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001655<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; <tt>elementtype</tt> may
1656 be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001657
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001658<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001659<table class="layout">
1660 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001661 <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td>
1662 <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td>
1663 </tr>
1664 <tr class="layout">
1665 <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td>
1666 <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td>
1667 </tr>
1668 <tr class="layout">
1669 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td>
1670 <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001671 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001672</table>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001673<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1674<table class="layout">
1675 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001676 <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td>
1677 <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td>
1678 </tr>
1679 <tr class="layout">
1680 <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td>
1681 <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td>
1682 </tr>
1683 <tr class="layout">
1684 <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td>
1685 <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001686 </tr>
1687</table>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001688
Dan Gohman7657f6b2009-11-09 19:01:53 +00001689<p>There is no restriction on indexing beyond the end of the array implied by
1690 a static type (though there are restrictions on indexing beyond the bounds
1691 of an allocated object in some cases). This means that single-dimension
1692 'variable sized array' addressing can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1693 length array type. An implementation of 'pascal style arrays' in LLVM could
1694 use the type "<tt>{ i32, [0 x float]}</tt>", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001695
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001696</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001697
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001698<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001699<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001700
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001701<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001702
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001703<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001704<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of
1705 a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type of a
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001706 function type is a scalar type, a void type, a struct type, or a union
1707 type. If the return type is a struct type then all struct elements must be
1708 of first class types, and the struct must have at least one element.</p>
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001709
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001710<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001711<pre>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001712 &lt;returntype&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001713</pre>
1714
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001715<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001716 specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
1717 which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1718 Variable argument functions can access their arguments with
1719 the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001720 functions. '<tt>&lt;returntype&gt;</tt>' is any type except
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001721 <a href="#t_label">label</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001722
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001723<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001724<table class="layout">
1725 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001726 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1727 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001728 </td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001729 </tr><tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001730 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencerf17a0b72006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001731 </tt></td>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001732 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001733 an <tt>i16</tt> and a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>,
1734 returning <tt>float</tt>.
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001735 </td>
1736 </tr><tr class="layout">
1737 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001738 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
1739 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
1740 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001741 LLVM.
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001742 </td>
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001743 </tr><tr class="layout">
1744 <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001745 <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning a
1746 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> containing two <tt>i32</tt> values
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001747 </td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001748 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001749</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001750
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001751</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001752
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001753<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001754<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001755
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001756<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001757
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001758<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001759<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members together
1760 in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match the ABI of the
1761 underlying processor. The elements of a structure may be any type that has a
1762 size.</p>
1763
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00001764<p>Structures in memory are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>'
1765 and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field
1766 with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
1767 Structures in registers are accessed using the
1768 '<tt><a href="#i_extractvalue">extractvalue</a></tt>' and
1769 '<tt><a href="#i_insertvalue">insertvalue</a></tt>' instructions.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001770<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001771<pre>
1772 { &lt;type list&gt; }
1773</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001774
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001775<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001776<table class="layout">
1777 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001778 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1779 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1780 </tr><tr class="layout">
1781 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1782 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1783 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1784 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1785 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001786 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001787</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001788
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001789</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001790
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001791<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001792<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1793</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001794
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001795<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001796
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001797<h5>Overview:</h5>
1798<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001799 together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the
1800 alignment of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed
1801 structure may be any type that has a size.</p>
1802
1803<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1804 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1805 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1806
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001807<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001808<pre>
1809 &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt;
1810</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001811
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001812<h5>Examples:</h5>
1813<table class="layout">
1814 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001815 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1816 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1817 </tr><tr class="layout">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001818 <td class="left">
1819<tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001820 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1821 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1822 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1823 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001824 </tr>
1825</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001826
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001827</div>
1828
1829<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001830<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_union">Union Type</a> </div>
1831
1832<div class="doc_text">
1833
1834<h5>Overview:</h5>
1835<p>A union type describes an object with size and alignment suitable for
1836 an object of any one of a given set of types (also known as an "untagged"
1837 union). It is similar in concept and usage to a
1838 <a href="#t_struct">struct</a>, except that all members of the union
1839 have an offset of zero. The elements of a union may be any type that has a
1840 size. Unions must have at least one member - empty unions are not allowed.
1841 </p>
1842
1843<p>The size of the union as a whole will be the size of its largest member,
1844 and the alignment requirements of the union as a whole will be the largest
1845 alignment requirement of any member.</p>
1846
Dan Gohman2eddfef2010-02-25 16:51:31 +00001847<p>Union members are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001848 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1849 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
1850 Since all members are at offset zero, the getelementptr instruction does
1851 not affect the address, only the type of the resulting pointer.</p>
1852
1853<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1854<pre>
1855 union { &lt;type list&gt; }
1856</pre>
1857
1858<h5>Examples:</h5>
1859<table class="layout">
1860 <tr class="layout">
1861 <td class="left"><tt>union { i32, i32*, float }</tt></td>
1862 <td class="left">A union of three types: an <tt>i32</tt>, a pointer to
1863 an <tt>i32</tt>, and a <tt>float</tt>.</td>
1864 </tr><tr class="layout">
1865 <td class="left">
1866 <tt>union {&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1867 <td class="left">A union, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1868 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1869 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1870 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1871 </tr>
1872</table>
1873
1874</div>
1875
1876<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001877<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001878
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001879<div class="doc_text">
1880
1881<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanff3ef322010-02-25 16:50:07 +00001882<p>The pointer type is used to specify memory locations.
1883 Pointers are commonly used to reference objects in memory.</p>
1884
1885<p>Pointer types may have an optional address space attribute defining the
1886 numbered address space where the pointed-to object resides. The default
1887 address space is number zero. The semantics of non-zero address
1888 spaces are target-specific.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001889
1890<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does it
1891 permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001892
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001893<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001894<pre>
1895 &lt;type&gt; *
1896</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001897
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001898<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001899<table class="layout">
1900 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00001901 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i32]*</tt></td>
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001902 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a
1903 href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
1904 </tr>
1905 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00001906 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32*) *</tt></td>
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001907 <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001908 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001909 <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1910 </tr>
1911 <tr class="layout">
1912 <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td>
1913 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value
1914 that resides in address space #5.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001915 </tr>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001916</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001917
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001918</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001919
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001920<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001921<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001922
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001923<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001924
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001925<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001926<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of elements.
1927 Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are operated in parallel
1928 using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of
Duncan Sandsd40d14e2009-11-27 13:38:03 +00001929 elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vector types are considered
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001930 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001931
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001932<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001933<pre>
1934 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1935</pre>
1936
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001937<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may be any
1938 integer or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001939
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001940<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001941<table class="layout">
1942 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001943 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt></td>
1944 <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td>
1945 </tr>
1946 <tr class="layout">
1947 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt></td>
1948 <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td>
1949 </tr>
1950 <tr class="layout">
1951 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt></td>
1952 <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001953 </tr>
1954</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001955
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001956</div>
1957
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001958<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1959<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1960<div class="doc_text">
1961
1962<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001963<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001964 corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure
1965 type. In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just
1966 a structure type).</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001967
1968<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001969<pre>
1970 opaque
1971</pre>
1972
1973<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001974<table class="layout">
1975 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001976 <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
1977 <td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001978 </tr>
1979</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001980
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001981</div>
1982
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001983<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1984<div class="doc_subsection">
1985 <a name="t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a>
1986</div>
1987
1988<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001989
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001990<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001991<p>An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
1992 requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may
1993 contain a pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example
1994 of up references (with their equivalent as named type declarations)
1995 include:</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001996
1997<pre>
Chris Lattner3060f5b2009-02-09 10:00:56 +00001998 { \2 * } %x = type { %x* }
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001999 { \2 }* %y = type { %y }*
2000 \1* %z = type %z*
2001</pre>
2002
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002003<p>An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types
2004 when there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the
2005 asmprinter does not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a
2006 syntax to handle recursive types that have no names (all names are optional
2007 in llvm IR).</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002008
2009<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2010<pre>
2011 \&lt;level&gt;
2012</pre>
2013
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002014<p>The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002015
2016<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002017<table class="layout">
2018 <tr class="layout">
2019 <td class="left"><tt>\1*</tt></td>
2020 <td class="left">Self-referential pointer.</td>
2021 </tr>
2022 <tr class="layout">
2023 <td class="left"><tt>{ { \3*, i8 }, i32 }</tt></td>
2024 <td class="left">Recursive structure where the upref refers to the out-most
2025 structure.</td>
2026 </tr>
2027</table>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002028
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002029</div>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00002030
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002031<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2032<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
2033<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2034
2035<div class="doc_text">
2036
2037<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002038 them all and their syntax.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002039
2040</div>
2041
2042<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +00002043<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002044
2045<div class="doc_text">
2046
2047<dl>
2048 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002049 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00002050 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_integer">i1</a></tt> type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002051
2052 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002053 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of
2054 the <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used
2055 with integer types.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002056
2057 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002058 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002059 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
2060 notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of a
2061 floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
2062 rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
2063 constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002064
2065 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00002066 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002067 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002068</dl>
2069
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002070<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
2071 floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
2072 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than)
2073 '<tt>double 4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
2074 constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
2075 disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot
2076 be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of
2077 digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special values are
2078 represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly and disassembly
2079 do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
2080
Dale Johannesenbd5e5a82009-02-11 22:14:51 +00002081<p>When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types float and double are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002082 represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
2083 representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly
2084 representable as IEE754 single precision. Hexadecimal format is always used
2085 for long double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format
2086 used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt> followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
2087 The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
2088 by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format
2089 is represented by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no
2090 currently supported target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if
2091 they match the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats
2092 are big-endian (sign bit at the left).</p>
2093
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002094</div>
2095
2096<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00002097<div class="doc_subsection">
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00002098<a name="aggregateconstants"></a> <!-- old anchor -->
2099<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002100</div>
2101
2102<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002103
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00002104<p>Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002105 constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002106
2107<dl>
2108 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002109 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002110 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
2111 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
2112 where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".
2113 Structure constants must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and
2114 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
2115 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002116
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00002117 <dt><b>Union constants</b></dt>
2118 <dd>Union constants are represented with notation similar to a structure with
2119 a single element - that is, a single typed element surrounded
2120 by braces (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4 }</tt>". The
2121 <a href="#t_union">union type</a> can be initialized with a single-element
2122 struct as long as the type of the struct element matches the type of
2123 one of the union members.</dd>
2124
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002125 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002126 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002127 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square
2128 brackets (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74
2129 ]</tt>". Array constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and
2130 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
2131 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002132
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002133 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002134 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002135 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
2136 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32
2137 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must
2138 have <a href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of
2139 elements must match those specified by the type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002140
2141 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002142 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00002143 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and
2144 <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> types.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002145 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers
2146 (e.g. for large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit
2147 zero initializers.</dd>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002148
2149 <dt><b>Metadata node</b></dt>
Nick Lewycky1e8c7a62009-05-30 16:08:30 +00002150 <dd>A metadata node is a structure-like constant with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002151 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example: "<tt>metadata !{
2152 i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants that are meant to
2153 be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata is a place to
2154 attach additional information such as debug info.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002155</dl>
2156
2157</div>
2158
2159<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2160<div class="doc_subsection">
2161 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
2162</div>
2163
2164<div class="doc_text">
2165
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002166<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a>
2167 and <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid
2168 (link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
2169 the <a href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always
2170 have <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a
2171 legal LLVM file:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002172
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002173<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnera18a4242007-06-06 18:28:13 +00002174@X = global i32 17
2175@Y = global i32 42
2176@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002177</pre>
2178
2179</div>
2180
2181<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00002182<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002183<div class="doc_text">
2184
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002185<p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' can be used anywhere a constant is expected, and
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002186 indicates that the user of the value may receive an unspecified bit-pattern.
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002187 Undefined values may be of any type (other than label or void) and be used
2188 anywhere a constant is permitted.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002189
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002190<p>Undefined values are useful because they indicate to the compiler that the
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002191 program is well defined no matter what value is used. This gives the
2192 compiler more freedom to optimize. Here are some examples of (potentially
2193 surprising) transformations that are valid (in pseudo IR):</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002194
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002195
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002196<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002197 %A = add %X, undef
2198 %B = sub %X, undef
2199 %C = xor %X, undef
2200Safe:
2201 %A = undef
2202 %B = undef
2203 %C = undef
2204</pre>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002205
2206<p>This is safe because all of the output bits are affected by the undef bits.
2207Any output bit can have a zero or one depending on the input bits.</p>
2208
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002209<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002210 %A = or %X, undef
2211 %B = and %X, undef
2212Safe:
2213 %A = -1
2214 %B = 0
2215Unsafe:
2216 %A = undef
2217 %B = undef
2218</pre>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002219
2220<p>These logical operations have bits that are not always affected by the input.
2221For example, if "%X" has a zero bit, then the output of the 'and' operation will
2222always be a zero, no matter what the corresponding bit from the undef is. As
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002223such, it is unsafe to optimize or assume that the result of the and is undef.
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002224However, it is safe to assume that all bits of the undef could be 0, and
2225optimize the and to 0. Likewise, it is safe to assume that all the bits of
2226the undef operand to the or could be set, allowing the or to be folded to
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002227-1.</p>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002228
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002229<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002230 %A = select undef, %X, %Y
2231 %B = select undef, 42, %Y
2232 %C = select %X, %Y, undef
2233Safe:
2234 %A = %X (or %Y)
2235 %B = 42 (or %Y)
2236 %C = %Y
2237Unsafe:
2238 %A = undef
2239 %B = undef
2240 %C = undef
2241</pre>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002242
2243<p>This set of examples show that undefined select (and conditional branch)
2244conditions can go "either way" but they have to come from one of the two
2245operands. In the %A example, if %X and %Y were both known to have a clear low
2246bit, then %A would have to have a cleared low bit. However, in the %C example,
2247the optimizer is allowed to assume that the undef operand could be the same as
2248%Y, allowing the whole select to be eliminated.</p>
2249
2250
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002251<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002252 %A = xor undef, undef
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002253
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002254 %B = undef
2255 %C = xor %B, %B
2256
2257 %D = undef
2258 %E = icmp lt %D, 4
2259 %F = icmp gte %D, 4
2260
2261Safe:
2262 %A = undef
2263 %B = undef
2264 %C = undef
2265 %D = undef
2266 %E = undef
2267 %F = undef
2268</pre>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002269
2270<p>This example points out that two undef operands are not necessarily the same.
2271This can be surprising to people (and also matches C semantics) where they
2272assume that "X^X" is always zero, even if X is undef. This isn't true for a
2273number of reasons, but the short answer is that an undef "variable" can
2274arbitrarily change its value over its "live range". This is true because the
2275"variable" doesn't actually <em>have a live range</em>. Instead, the value is
2276logically read from arbitrary registers that happen to be around when needed,
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002277so the value is not necessarily consistent over time. In fact, %A and %C need
Chris Lattner349eb412009-09-08 15:13:16 +00002278to have the same semantics or the core LLVM "replace all uses with" concept
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002279would not hold.</p>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002280
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002281<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002282 %A = fdiv undef, %X
2283 %B = fdiv %X, undef
2284Safe:
2285 %A = undef
2286b: unreachable
2287</pre>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002288
2289<p>These examples show the crucial difference between an <em>undefined
2290value</em> and <em>undefined behavior</em>. An undefined value (like undef) is
2291allowed to have an arbitrary bit-pattern. This means that the %A operation
2292can be constant folded to undef because the undef could be an SNaN, and fdiv is
2293not (currently) defined on SNaN's. However, in the second example, we can make
2294a more aggressive assumption: because the undef is allowed to be an arbitrary
2295value, we are allowed to assume that it could be zero. Since a divide by zero
Chris Lattner8e371aa2009-09-08 19:45:34 +00002296has <em>undefined behavior</em>, we are allowed to assume that the operation
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002297does not execute at all. This allows us to delete the divide and all code after
2298it: since the undefined operation "can't happen", the optimizer can assume that
2299it occurs in dead code.
2300</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002301
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002302<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002303a: store undef -> %X
2304b: store %X -> undef
2305Safe:
2306a: &lt;deleted&gt;
2307b: unreachable
2308</pre>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002309
2310<p>These examples reiterate the fdiv example: a store "of" an undefined value
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002311can be assumed to not have any effect: we can assume that the value is
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002312overwritten with bits that happen to match what was already there. However, a
2313store "to" an undefined location could clobber arbitrary memory, therefore, it
2314has undefined behavior.</p>
2315
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002316</div>
2317
2318<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002319<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="trapvalues">Trap Values</a></div>
2320<div class="doc_text">
2321
Dan Gohmanc68ce062010-04-26 20:21:21 +00002322<p>Trap values are similar to <a href="#undefvalues">undef values</a>, however
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002323 instead of representing an unspecified bit pattern, they represent the
2324 fact that an instruction or constant expression which cannot evoke side
2325 effects has nevertheless detected a condition which results in undefined
Dan Gohmanc68ce062010-04-26 20:21:21 +00002326 behavior.</p>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002327
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002328<p>There is currently no way of representing a trap value in the IR; they
Dan Gohman855abed2010-05-03 14:51:43 +00002329 only exist when produced by operations such as
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002330 <a href="#i_add"><tt>add</tt></a> with the <tt>nsw</tt> flag.</p>
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002331
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002332<p>Trap value behavior is defined in terms of value <i>dependence</i>:</p>
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002333
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002334<ul>
2335<li>Values other than <a href="#i_phi"><tt>phi</tt></a> nodes depend on
2336 their operands.</li>
2337
2338<li><a href="#i_phi"><tt>Phi</tt></a> nodes depend on the operand corresponding
2339 to their dynamic predecessor basic block.</li>
2340
2341<li>Function arguments depend on the corresponding actual argument values in
2342 the dynamic callers of their functions.</li>
2343
2344<li><a href="#i_call"><tt>Call</tt></a> instructions depend on the
2345 <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instructions that dynamically transfer
2346 control back to them.</li>
2347
Dan Gohmanb5328162010-05-03 14:55:22 +00002348<li><a href="#i_invoke"><tt>Invoke</tt></a> instructions depend on the
2349 <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>, <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>,
2350 or exception-throwing call instructions that dynamically transfer control
2351 back to them.</li>
2352
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002353<li>Non-volatile loads and stores depend on the most recent stores to all of the
2354 referenced memory addresses, following the order in the IR
2355 (including loads and stores implied by intrinsics such as
2356 <a href="#int_memcpy"><tt>@llvm.memcpy</tt></a>.)</li>
2357
Dan Gohman7c24ff12010-05-03 14:59:34 +00002358<!-- TODO: In the case of multiple threads, this only applies if the store
2359 "happens-before" the load or store. -->
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002360
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002361<!-- TODO: floating-point exception state -->
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002362
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002363<li>An instruction with externally visible side effects depends on the most
2364 recent preceding instruction with externally visible side effects, following
Dan Gohmanff70fe42010-07-06 15:26:33 +00002365 the order in the IR. (This includes
2366 <a href="#volatile">volatile operations</a>.)</li>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002367
Dan Gohmanb5328162010-05-03 14:55:22 +00002368<li>An instruction <i>control-depends</i> on a
2369 <a href="#terminators">terminator instruction</a>
2370 if the terminator instruction has multiple successors and the instruction
2371 is always executed when control transfers to one of the successors, and
2372 may not be executed when control is transfered to another.</li>
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002373
2374<li>Dependence is transitive.</li>
2375
2376</ul>
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002377
2378<p>Whenever a trap value is generated, all values which depend on it evaluate
2379 to trap. If they have side effects, the evoke their side effects as if each
2380 operand with a trap value were undef. If they have externally-visible side
2381 effects, the behavior is undefined.</p>
2382
2383<p>Here are some examples:</p>
Dan Gohmanc30f6e12010-04-26 20:54:53 +00002384
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002385<pre class="doc_code">
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002386entry:
2387 %trap = sub nuw i32 0, 1 ; Results in a trap value.
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002388 %still_trap = and i32 %trap, 0 ; Whereas (and i32 undef, 0) would return 0.
2389 %trap_yet_again = getelementptr i32* @h, i32 %still_trap
2390 store i32 0, i32* %trap_yet_again ; undefined behavior
2391
2392 store i32 %trap, i32* @g ; Trap value conceptually stored to memory.
2393 %trap2 = load i32* @g ; Returns a trap value, not just undef.
2394
2395 volatile store i32 %trap, i32* @g ; External observation; undefined behavior.
2396
2397 %narrowaddr = bitcast i32* @g to i16*
2398 %wideaddr = bitcast i32* @g to i64*
2399 %trap3 = load 16* %narrowaddr ; Returns a trap value.
2400 %trap4 = load i64* %widaddr ; Returns a trap value.
2401
2402 %cmp = icmp i32 slt %trap, 0 ; Returns a trap value.
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002403 %br i1 %cmp, %true, %end ; Branch to either destination.
2404
2405true:
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002406 volatile store i32 0, i32* @g ; This is control-dependent on %cmp, so
2407 ; it has undefined behavior.
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002408 br label %end
2409
2410end:
2411 %p = phi i32 [ 0, %entry ], [ 1, %true ]
2412 ; Both edges into this PHI are
2413 ; control-dependent on %cmp, so this
Dan Gohman34b3d992010-04-28 00:49:41 +00002414 ; always results in a trap value.
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002415
2416 volatile store i32 0, i32* @g ; %end is control-equivalent to %entry
2417 ; so this is defined (ignoring earlier
2418 ; undefined behavior in this example).
Dan Gohmanae11c3f2010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002419</pre>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002420
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002421</div>
2422
2423<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002424<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="blockaddress">Addresses of Basic
2425 Blocks</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002426<div class="doc_text">
2427
Chris Lattnercdfc9402009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002428<p><b><tt>blockaddress(@function, %block)</tt></b></p>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002429
2430<p>The '<tt>blockaddress</tt>' constant computes the address of the specified
Chris Lattner2dfdf2a2009-10-27 21:49:40 +00002431 basic block in the specified function, and always has an i8* type. Taking
Chris Lattnercdfc9402009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002432 the address of the entry block is illegal.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002433
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002434<p>This value only has defined behavior when used as an operand to the
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002435 '<a href="#i_indirectbr"><tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' instruction or for comparisons
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002436 against null. Pointer equality tests between labels addresses is undefined
2437 behavior - though, again, comparison against null is ok, and no label is
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002438 equal to the null pointer. This may also be passed around as an opaque
2439 pointer sized value as long as the bits are not inspected. This allows
Chris Lattner3fd77ce2009-10-27 21:44:20 +00002440 <tt>ptrtoint</tt> and arithmetic to be performed on these values so long as
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002441 the original value is reconstituted before the <tt>indirectbr</tt>.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002442
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002443<p>Finally, some targets may provide defined semantics when
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002444 using the value as the operand to an inline assembly, but that is target
2445 specific.
2446 </p>
2447
2448</div>
2449
2450
2451<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002452<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
2453</div>
2454
2455<div class="doc_text">
2456
2457<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002458 to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of
2459 any <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM
2460 operation that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not
2461 supported). The following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002462
2463<dl>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002464 <dt><b><tt>trunc (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002465 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
2466 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002467
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002468 <dt><b><tt>zext (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002469 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
Duncan Sands28afd432010-07-13 12:06:14 +00002470 smaller than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002471
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002472 <dt><b><tt>sext (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002473 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
Duncan Sands28afd432010-07-13 12:06:14 +00002474 smaller than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002475
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002476 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002477 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
2478 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
2479 floating point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002480
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002481 <dt><b><tt>fpext (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002482 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
2483 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating
2484 point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002485
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002486 <dt><b><tt>fptoui (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002487 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002488 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2489 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2490 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2491 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002492
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002493 <dt><b><tt>fptosi (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002494 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002495 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2496 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2497 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2498 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002499
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002500 <dt><b><tt>uitofp (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002501 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002502 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2503 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2504 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2505 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002506
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002507 <dt><b><tt>sitofp (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002508 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002509 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2510 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2511 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2512 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002513
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002514 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002515 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002516 <tt>TYPE</tt> must be an integer type. <tt>CST</tt> must be of pointer
2517 type. The <tt>CST</tt> value is zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to
2518 make it fit in <tt>TYPE</tt>.</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002519
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002520 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002521 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a pointer
2522 type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
2523 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
2524 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002525
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002526 <dt><b><tt>bitcast (CST to TYPE)</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner03bbad62009-02-28 18:27:03 +00002527 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the operands
2528 are the same as those for the <a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast
2529 instruction</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002530
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002531 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr (CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
2532 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr inbounds (CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002533 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002534 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
2535 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
2536 required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002537
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002538 <dt><b><tt>select (COND, VAL1, VAL2)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002539 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002540
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002541 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND (VAL1, VAL2)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002542 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
2543
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002544 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND (VAL1, VAL2)</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002545 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002546
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002547 <dt><b><tt>extractelement (VAL, IDX)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002548 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement operation</a> on
2549 constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002550
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002551 <dt><b><tt>insertelement (VAL, ELT, IDX)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002552 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement operation</a> on
2553 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002554
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002555 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector (VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002556 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector operation</a> on
2557 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002558
Nick Lewycky9e130ce2010-05-29 06:44:15 +00002559 <dt><b><tt>extractvalue (VAL, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
2560 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractvalue">extractvalue operation</a> on
2561 constants. The index list is interpreted in a similar manner as indices in
2562 a '<a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>' operation. At least one
2563 index value must be specified.</dd>
2564
2565 <dt><b><tt>insertvalue (VAL, ELT, IDX0, IDX1, ...)</tt></b></dt>
2566 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertvalue">insertvalue operation</a> on
2567 constants. The index list is interpreted in a similar manner as indices in
2568 a '<a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>' operation. At least one
2569 index value must be specified.</dd>
2570
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00002571 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE (LHS, RHS)</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002572 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
2573 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a>
2574 or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary</a> operations. The constraints
2575 on operands are the same as those for the corresponding instruction
2576 (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002577</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002578
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002579</div>
Chris Lattner9ee5d222004-03-08 16:49:10 +00002580
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002581<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002582<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
2583<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2584
2585<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2586<div class="doc_subsection">
2587<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
2588</div>
2589
2590<div class="doc_text">
2591
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002592<p>LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed
2593 to <a href="#moduleasm"> Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of
2594 a special value. This value represents the inline assembler as a string
2595 (containing the instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002596 as a string), a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002597 expression has side effects, and a flag indicating whether the function
2598 containing the asm needs to align its stack conservatively. An example
2599 inline assembler expression is:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002600
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002601<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002602i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002603</pre>
2604
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002605<p>Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
2606 a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we
2607 have:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002608
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002609<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002610%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002611</pre>
2612
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002613<p>Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
2614 marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
2615 '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002616
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002617<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002618call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002619</pre>
2620
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002621<p>In some cases inline asms will contain code that will not work unless the
2622 stack is aligned in some way, such as calls or SSE instructions on x86,
2623 yet will not contain code that does that alignment within the asm.
2624 The compiler should make conservative assumptions about what the asm might
2625 contain and should generate its usual stack alignment code in the prologue
2626 if the '<tt>alignstack</tt>' keyword is present:</p>
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002627
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002628<pre class="doc_code">
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002629call void asm alignstack "eieio", ""()
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002630</pre>
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002631
2632<p>If both keywords appear the '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword must come
2633 first.</p>
2634
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002635<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002636 documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving,
2637 etc need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to
2638 another document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.</p>
Chris Lattnercf9a4152010-04-07 05:38:05 +00002639</div>
2640
2641<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2642<a name="inlineasm_md">Inline Asm Metadata</a>
2643</div>
2644
2645<div class="doc_text">
2646
2647<p>The call instructions that wrap inline asm nodes may have a "!srcloc" MDNode
2648 attached to it that contains a constant integer. If present, the code
2649 generator will use the integer as the location cookie value when report
2650 errors through the LLVMContext error reporting mechanisms. This allows a
Dan Gohman1c70c002010-04-28 00:36:01 +00002651 front-end to correlate backend errors that occur with inline asm back to the
Chris Lattnercf9a4152010-04-07 05:38:05 +00002652 source code that produced it. For example:</p>
2653
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002654<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnercf9a4152010-04-07 05:38:05 +00002655call void asm sideeffect "something bad", ""()<b>, !srcloc !42</b>
2656...
2657!42 = !{ i32 1234567 }
2658</pre>
Chris Lattnercf9a4152010-04-07 05:38:05 +00002659
2660<p>It is up to the front-end to make sense of the magic numbers it places in the
2661 IR.</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002662
2663</div>
2664
Chris Lattnere6a5ddd2010-01-15 21:50:19 +00002665<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2666<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata
2667 Strings</a>
2668</div>
2669
2670<div class="doc_text">
2671
2672<p>LLVM IR allows metadata to be attached to instructions in the program that
2673 can convey extra information about the code to the optimizers and code
2674 generator. One example application of metadata is source-level debug
2675 information. There are two metadata primitives: strings and nodes. All
2676 metadata has the <tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a
2677 preceding exclamation point ('<tt>!</tt>').</p>
2678
2679<p>A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can contain
2680 any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
2681 the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".</p>
2682
2683<p>Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure constants
2684 (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceded by an
2685 exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32
2686 10}</tt>". Metadata nodes can have any values as their operand.</p>
2687
2688<p>A <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a> is a collection of
2689 metadata nodes, which can be looked up in the module symbol table. For
2690 example: "<tt>!foo = metadata !{!4, !3}</tt>".
2691
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002692<p>Metadata can be used as function arguments. Here <tt>llvm.dbg.value</tt>
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002693 function is using two metadata arguments.</p>
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002694
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002695 <pre class="doc_code">
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002696 call void @llvm.dbg.value(metadata !24, i64 0, metadata !25)
2697 </pre>
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002698
2699<p>Metadata can be attached with an instruction. Here metadata <tt>!21</tt> is
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002700 attached with <tt>add</tt> instruction using <tt>!dbg</tt> identifier.</p>
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002701
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00002702 <pre class="doc_code">
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002703 %indvar.next = add i64 %indvar, 1, !dbg !21
2704 </pre>
Chris Lattnere6a5ddd2010-01-15 21:50:19 +00002705</div>
2706
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002707
2708<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2709<div class="doc_section">
2710 <a name="intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
2711</div>
2712<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2713
2714<p>LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that affect
2715code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here. All globals
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002716of this sort should have a section specified as "<tt>llvm.metadata</tt>". This
2717section and all globals that start with "<tt>llvm.</tt>" are reserved for use
2718by LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002719
2720<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2721<div class="doc_subsection">
2722<a name="intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2723</div>
2724
2725<div class="doc_text">
2726
2727<p>The <tt>@llvm.used</tt> global is an array with i8* element type which has <a
2728href="#linkage_appending">appending linkage</a>. This array contains a list of
2729pointers to global variables and functions which may optionally have a pointer
2730cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal use of it is:</p>
2731
2732<pre>
2733 @X = global i8 4
2734 @Y = global i32 123
2735
2736 @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
2737 i8* @X,
2738 i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
2739 ], section "llvm.metadata"
2740</pre>
2741
2742<p>If a global variable appears in the <tt>@llvm.used</tt> list, then the
2743compiler, assembler, and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is
2744a reference to the global that it cannot see. For example, if a variable has
2745internal linkage and no references other than that from the <tt>@llvm.used</tt>
2746list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent references from
2747inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and corresponds to
2748"attribute((used))" in GNU C.</p>
2749
2750<p>On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the assembler or
2751object file to prevent the assembler and linker from molesting the symbol.</p>
2752
2753</div>
2754
2755<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2756<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002757<a name="intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2758</div>
2759
2760<div class="doc_text">
2761
2762<p>The <tt>@llvm.compiler.used</tt> directive is the same as the
2763<tt>@llvm.used</tt> directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from
2764touching the symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent
2765linker to optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
2766by <tt>@llvm.used</tt>.</p>
2767
2768<p>This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances, and
2769should not be exposed to source languages.</p>
2770
2771</div>
2772
2773<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2774<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002775<a name="intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2776</div>
2777
2778<div class="doc_text">
David Chisnalle31e9962010-04-30 19:23:49 +00002779<pre>
2780%0 = type { i32, void ()* }
David Chisnall27195a52010-04-30 19:27:35 +00002781@llvm.global_ctors = appending global [1 x %0] [%0 { i32 65535, void ()* @ctor }]
David Chisnalle31e9962010-04-30 19:23:49 +00002782</pre>
2783<p>The <tt>@llvm.global_ctors</tt> array contains a list of constructor functions and associated priorities. The functions referenced by this array will be called in ascending order of priority (i.e. lowest first) when the module is loaded. The order of functions with the same priority is not defined.
2784</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002785
2786</div>
2787
2788<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2789<div class="doc_subsection">
2790<a name="intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2791</div>
2792
2793<div class="doc_text">
David Chisnalle31e9962010-04-30 19:23:49 +00002794<pre>
2795%0 = type { i32, void ()* }
David Chisnall27195a52010-04-30 19:27:35 +00002796@llvm.global_dtors = appending global [1 x %0] [%0 { i32 65535, void ()* @dtor }]
David Chisnalle31e9962010-04-30 19:23:49 +00002797</pre>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002798
David Chisnalle31e9962010-04-30 19:23:49 +00002799<p>The <tt>@llvm.global_dtors</tt> array contains a list of destructor functions and associated priorities. The functions referenced by this array will be called in descending order of priority (i.e. highest first) when the module is loaded. The order of functions with the same priority is not defined.
2800</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002801
2802</div>
2803
2804
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002805<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002806<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
2807<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002808
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002809<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002810
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002811<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications of
2812 instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
2813 instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
2814 <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>,
2815 <a href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and
2816 <a href="#otherops">other instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002817
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002818</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002819
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002820<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002821<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
2822Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002823
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002824<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002825
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002826<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every basic block
2827 in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
2828 block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
2829 terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' value: they produce
2830 control flow, not values (the one exception being the
2831 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
2832
Duncan Sands83821c82010-04-15 20:35:54 +00002833<p>There are seven different terminator instructions: the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002834 '<a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the
2835 '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' instruction, the
2836 '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, the
Bill Wendling21c346e2009-11-02 00:25:26 +00002837 '<a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' Instruction, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002838 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the
2839 '<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the
2840 '<a href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002841
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002842</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002843
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002844<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002845<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
2846Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002847
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002848<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002849
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002850<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002851<pre>
2852 ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002853 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002854</pre>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002855
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002856<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002857<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
2858 a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
2859
2860<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that returns a
2861 value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control flow to
2862 occur.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002863
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002864<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002865<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
2866 return value. The type of the return value must be a
2867 '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002868
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002869<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if it it has a
2870 non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with no return
2871 value or a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it
2872 has a void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a
2873 return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002874
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002875<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002876<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
2877 the calling function's context. If the caller is a
2878 "<a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at the
2879 instruction after the call. If the caller was an
2880 "<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
2881 the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
2882 a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
2883 value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002884
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002885<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002886<pre>
2887 ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002888 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Bill Wendling0a4bbbf2009-02-28 22:12:54 +00002889 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return a struct of values 4 and 2</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002890</pre>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002891
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002892</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002893<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002894<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002895
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002896<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002897
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002898<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002899<pre>
2900 br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002901</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002902
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002903<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002904<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
2905 different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of this
2906 instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an unconditional
2907 branch.</p>
2908
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002909<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002910<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
2911 '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The unconditional form
2912 of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' value as a
2913 target.</p>
2914
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002915<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002916<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002917 argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows to the
2918 '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
2919 control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
2920
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002921<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00002922<pre>
2923Test:
2924 %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b
2925 br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
2926IfEqual:
2927 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1
2928IfUnequal:
2929 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
2930</pre>
2931
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002932</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002933
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002934<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002935<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2936 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
2937</div>
2938
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002939<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002940
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002941<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002942<pre>
2943 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
2944</pre>
2945
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002946<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002947<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002948 several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
2949 instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
2950 destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002951
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002952<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002953<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002954 comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination,
2955 and an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.
2956 The table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002957
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002958<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002959<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002960 destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this table
2961 is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002962 transferred to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
2963 transferred to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002964
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002965<h5>Implementation:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002966<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002967 <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
2968 different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained
2969 conditional branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002970
2971<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002972<pre>
2973 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002974 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002975 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002976
2977 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002978 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002979
2980 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002981 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
2982 i32 1, label %onone
2983 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002984</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002985
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002986</div>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002987
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002988
2989<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2990<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002991 <a name="i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002992</div>
2993
2994<div class="doc_text">
2995
2996<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2997<pre>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002998 indirectbr &lt;somety&gt;* &lt;address&gt;, [ label &lt;dest1&gt;, label &lt;dest2&gt;, ... ]
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002999</pre>
3000
3001<h5>Overview:</h5>
3002
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00003003<p>The '<tt>indirectbr</tt>' instruction implements an indirect branch to a label
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00003004 within the current function, whose address is specified by
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00003005 "<tt>address</tt>". Address must be derived from a <a
3006 href="#blockaddress">blockaddress</a> constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00003007
3008<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3009
3010<p>The '<tt>address</tt>' argument is the address of the label to jump to. The
3011 rest of the arguments indicate the full set of possible destinations that the
3012 address may point to. Blocks are allowed to occur multiple times in the
3013 destination list, though this isn't particularly useful.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003014
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00003015<p>This destination list is required so that dataflow analysis has an accurate
3016 understanding of the CFG.</p>
3017
3018<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3019
3020<p>Control transfers to the block specified in the address argument. All
3021 possible destination blocks must be listed in the label list, otherwise this
3022 instruction has undefined behavior. This implies that jumps to labels
3023 defined in other functions have undefined behavior as well.</p>
3024
3025<h5>Implementation:</h5>
3026
3027<p>This is typically implemented with a jump through a register.</p>
3028
3029<h5>Example:</h5>
3030<pre>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00003031 indirectbr i8* %Addr, [ label %bb1, label %bb2, label %bb3 ]
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00003032</pre>
3033
3034</div>
3035
3036
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003037<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003038<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3039 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
3040</div>
3041
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003042<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003043
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003044<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003045<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00003046 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; &lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner76b8a332006-05-14 18:23:06 +00003047 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003048</pre>
3049
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003050<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003051<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003052 function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
3053 '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the '<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee
3054 function returns with the "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction,
3055 control flow will return to the "normal" label. If the callee (or any
3056 indirect callees) returns with the "<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>"
3057 instruction, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically nearest
3058 "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003059
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003060<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003061<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003062
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003063<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003064 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
3065 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
3066 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00003067
3068 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003069 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
3070 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00003071
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003072 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003073 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
3074 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching
3075 off an arbitrary pointer to function value.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003076
3077 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003078 function to be invoked. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003079
3080 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00003081 signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must be
3082 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function
3083 signature indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments,
3084 the extra arguments can be specified.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003085
3086 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003087 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003088
3089 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003090 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003091
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00003092 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003093 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
3094 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003095</ol>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003096
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003097<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003098<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard
3099 '<tt><a href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The
3100 primary difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which
3101 is used by the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003102
3103<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003104 cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
3105 exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
3106 '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003107
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003108<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned by the
3109 '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the current
3110 block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no return value is
3111 available.</p>
Dan Gohmanf96a4992009-05-22 21:47:08 +00003112
Chris Lattnerdf7a6802010-01-15 18:08:37 +00003113<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
3114that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
3115
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003116<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003117<pre>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00003118 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003119 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00003120 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003121 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003122</pre>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003123
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003124</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003125
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003126<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003127
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003128<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
3129Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003130
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003131<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003132
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003133<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003134<pre>
3135 unwind
3136</pre>
3137
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003138<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003139<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003140 at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used
3141 an <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.
3142 This is primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003143
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003144<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner72ed2002008-04-19 21:01:16 +00003145<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003146 immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the
3147 first <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.
3148 Once found, execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block
3149 specified by the <tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt>
3150 instruction in the dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
3151
Chris Lattnerdf7a6802010-01-15 18:08:37 +00003152<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
3153that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
3154
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003155</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003156
3157<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3158
3159<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
3160Instruction</a> </div>
3161
3162<div class="doc_text">
3163
3164<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3165<pre>
3166 unreachable
3167</pre>
3168
3169<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003170<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003171 instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
3172 code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
3173 no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003174
3175<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003176<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003177
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003178</div>
3179
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003180<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003181<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003182
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003183<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003184
3185<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program. They
3186 require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
3187 produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple data, as is
3188 the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. The result value
3189 has the same type as its operands.</p>
3190
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003191<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003192
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003193</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003194
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003195<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003196<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3197 <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
3198</div>
3199
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003200<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003201
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003202<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003203<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003204 &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003205 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3206 &lt;result&gt; = add nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3207 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003208</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003209
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003210<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003211<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003212
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003213<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003214<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must
3215 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3216 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003217
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003218<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003219<p>The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003220
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003221<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the mathematical
3222 result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003223
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003224<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
3225 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003226
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003227<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3228 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3229 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>add</tt>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003230 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3231 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003232
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003233<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003234<pre>
3235 &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003236</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003237
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003238</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003239
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003240<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003241<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003242 <a name="i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a>
3243</div>
3244
3245<div class="doc_text">
3246
3247<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003248<pre>
3249 &lt;result&gt; = fadd &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3250</pre>
3251
3252<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003253<p>The '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
3254
3255<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003256<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003257 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3258 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003259
3260<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003261<p>The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands.</p>
3262
3263<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003264<pre>
3265 &lt;result&gt; = fadd float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var</i>
3266</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003267
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003268</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003269
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003270<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3271<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003272 <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3273</div>
3274
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003275<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003276
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003277<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003278<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003279 &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003280 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3281 &lt;result&gt; = sub nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3282 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003283</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003284
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003285<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003286<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003287 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003288
3289<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003290 '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3291 representations.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003292
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003293<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003294<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must
3295 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3296 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003297
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003298<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003299<p>The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003300
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003301<p>If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003302 mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the
3303 result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003304
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003305<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
3306 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003307
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003308<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3309 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3310 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>sub</tt>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003311 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3312 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003313
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003314<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +00003315<pre>
3316 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003317 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003318</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003319
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003320</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003321
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003322<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003323<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003324 <a name="i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3325</div>
3326
3327<div class="doc_text">
3328
3329<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003330<pre>
3331 &lt;result&gt; = fsub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3332</pre>
3333
3334<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003335<p>The '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003336 operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003337
3338<p>Note that the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003339 '<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3340 representations.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003341
3342<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00003343<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003344 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3345 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003346
3347<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003348<p>The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.</p>
3349
3350<h5>Example:</h5>
3351<pre>
3352 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var</i>
3353 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float -0.0, %val <i>; yields {float}:result = -%var</i>
3354</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003355
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003356</div>
3357
3358<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3359<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003360 <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3361</div>
3362
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003363<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003364
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003365<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003366<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003367 &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003368 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3369 &lt;result&gt; = mul nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3370 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003371</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003372
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003373<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003374<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003375
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003376<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003377<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must
3378 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3379 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003380
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003381<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003382<p>The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003383
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003384<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
3385 returned is the mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit
3386 width of the result.</p>
3387
3388<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the result
3389 is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the correct
3390 result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
3391 (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands should
3392 be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
3393 product.</p>
3394
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003395<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3396 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3397 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>mul</tt>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003398 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3399 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003400
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003401<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003402<pre>
3403 &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003404</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003405
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003406</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003407
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003408<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003409<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3410 <a name="i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3411</div>
3412
3413<div class="doc_text">
3414
3415<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003416<pre>
3417 &lt;result&gt; = fmul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003418</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003419
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003420<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003421<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003422
3423<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003424<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003425 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3426 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003427
3428<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003429<p>The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.</p>
3430
3431<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003432<pre>
3433 &lt;result&gt; = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003434</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003435
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003436</div>
3437
3438<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003439<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
3440</a></div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003441
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003442<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003443
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003444<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003445<pre>
3446 &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003447</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003448
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003449<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003450<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003451
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003452<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003453<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003454 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3455 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003456
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003457<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003458<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003459
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003460<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003461 operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
3462
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003463<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003464
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003465<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003466<pre>
3467 &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003468</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003469
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003470</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003471
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003472<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3473<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
3474</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003475
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003476<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003477
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003478<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003479<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003480 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003481 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv exact &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003482</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003483
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003484<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003485<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003486
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003487<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003488<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003489 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3490 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003491
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003492<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003493<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded
3494 towards zero.</p>
3495
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003496<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003497 operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
3498
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003499<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003500 undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by doing
3501 a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
3502
Dan Gohman9c5beed2009-07-22 00:04:19 +00003503<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman27ef9972010-04-23 15:23:32 +00003504 <tt>sdiv</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if the result would
Dan Gohman38da9272010-07-11 00:08:34 +00003505 be rounded.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003506
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003507<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003508<pre>
3509 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003510</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003511
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003512</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003513
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003514<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3515<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003516Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003517
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003518<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003519
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003520<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003521<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003522 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003523</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003524
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003525<h5>Overview:</h5>
3526<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003527
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003528<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003529<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003530 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3531 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003532
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003533<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003534<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003535
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003536<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003537<pre>
3538 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003539</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003540
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003541</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003542
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003543<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003544<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3545</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003546
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003547<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003548
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003549<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003550<pre>
3551 &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003552</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003553
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003554<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003555<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
3556 division of its two arguments.</p>
3557
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003558<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003559<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003560 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3561 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3562
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003563<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3564<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003565 This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
3566 remainder.</p>
3567
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003568<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003569 distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
3570
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003571<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003572
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003573<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003574<pre>
3575 &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003576</pre>
3577
3578</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003579
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003580<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003581<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3582 <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3583</div>
3584
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003585<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003586
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003587<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003588<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003589 &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003590</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003591
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003592<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003593<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
3594 division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
3595 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case the
3596 elements must be integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00003597
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003598<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003599<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003600 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3601 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003602
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003603<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003604<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003605 has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
3606 operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
3607 a value. For more information about the difference,
3608 see <a href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
3609 Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
3610 please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
3611 Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
3612
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003613<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003614 distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
3615
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003616<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003617 Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
3618 occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
3619 -2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule
3620 lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the result of
3621 the division and the remainder.)</p>
3622
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003623<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003624<pre>
3625 &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003626</pre>
3627
3628</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003629
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003630<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003631<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3632 <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
3633
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003634<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003635
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003636<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003637<pre>
3638 &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003639</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003640
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003641<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003642<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
3643 its two operands.</p>
3644
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003645<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3646<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003647 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3648 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003649
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003650<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003651<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. The remainder
3652 has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003653
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003654<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003655<pre>
3656 &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003657</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003658
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003659</div>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +00003660
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003661<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3662<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
3663Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003664
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003665<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003666
3667<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling in a
3668 program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can commonly be
3669 strength reduced from other instructions. They require two operands of the
3670 same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a single value. The
3671 resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
3672
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003673</div>
3674
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003675<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3676<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
3677Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003678
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003679<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003680
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003681<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003682<pre>
3683 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003684</pre>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003685
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003686<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003687<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
3688 a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003689
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003690<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003691<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the
3692 same <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3693 integer type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003694
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003695<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003696<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod
3697 2<sup>n</sup>, where <tt>n</tt> is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt>
3698 is (statically or dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number
3699 of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3700 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3701 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003702
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003703<h5>Example:</h5>
3704<pre>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003705 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
3706 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
3707 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003708 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003709 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 1, i32 1&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 2, i32 4&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003710</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003711
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003712</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003713
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003714<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3715<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
3716Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003717
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003718<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003719
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003720<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003721<pre>
3722 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003723</pre>
3724
3725<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003726<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
3727 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003728
3729<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003730<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003731 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3732 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003733
3734<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3735<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003736 significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the shift.
3737 If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the
3738 number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3739 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3740 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003741
3742<h5>Example:</h5>
3743<pre>
3744 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3745 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3746 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3747 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003748 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003749 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003750</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003751
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003752</div>
3753
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003754<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003755<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
3756Instruction</a> </div>
3757<div class="doc_text">
3758
3759<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003760<pre>
3761 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003762</pre>
3763
3764<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003765<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
3766 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
3767 extension.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003768
3769<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003770<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003771 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3772 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003773
3774<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003775<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, The
3776 most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
3777 of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
3778 larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If
3779 the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by
3780 the corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003781
3782<h5>Example:</h5>
3783<pre>
3784 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3785 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3786 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3787 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003788 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003789 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -1, i32 0&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003790</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003791
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003792</div>
3793
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003794<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003795<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
3796Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003797
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003798<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003799
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003800<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003801<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003802 &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003803</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003804
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003805<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003806<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
3807 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003808
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003809<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003810<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003811 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3812 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003813
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003814<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003815<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003816
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003817<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003818 <tbody>
3819 <tr>
3820 <td>In0</td>
3821 <td>In1</td>
3822 <td>Out</td>
3823 </tr>
3824 <tr>
3825 <td>0</td>
3826 <td>0</td>
3827 <td>0</td>
3828 </tr>
3829 <tr>
3830 <td>0</td>
3831 <td>1</td>
3832 <td>0</td>
3833 </tr>
3834 <tr>
3835 <td>1</td>
3836 <td>0</td>
3837 <td>0</td>
3838 </tr>
3839 <tr>
3840 <td>1</td>
3841 <td>1</td>
3842 <td>1</td>
3843 </tr>
3844 </tbody>
3845</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003846
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003847<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003848<pre>
3849 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003850 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
3851 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003852</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003853</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003854<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003855<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003856
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003857<div class="doc_text">
3858
3859<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3860<pre>
3861 &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3862</pre>
3863
3864<h5>Overview:</h5>
3865<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
3866 two operands.</p>
3867
3868<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003869<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003870 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3871 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3872
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003873<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003874<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003875
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003876<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3877 <tbody>
3878 <tr>
3879 <td>In0</td>
3880 <td>In1</td>
3881 <td>Out</td>
3882 </tr>
3883 <tr>
3884 <td>0</td>
3885 <td>0</td>
3886 <td>0</td>
3887 </tr>
3888 <tr>
3889 <td>0</td>
3890 <td>1</td>
3891 <td>1</td>
3892 </tr>
3893 <tr>
3894 <td>1</td>
3895 <td>0</td>
3896 <td>1</td>
3897 </tr>
3898 <tr>
3899 <td>1</td>
3900 <td>1</td>
3901 <td>1</td>
3902 </tr>
3903 </tbody>
3904</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003905
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003906<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003907<pre>
3908 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003909 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
3910 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003911</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003912
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003913</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003914
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003915<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003916<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
3917Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003918
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003919<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003920
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003921<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003922<pre>
3923 &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003924</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003925
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003926<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003927<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
3928 its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the "one's
3929 complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
3930
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003931<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003932<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003933 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3934 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003935
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003936<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003937<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003938
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003939<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3940 <tbody>
3941 <tr>
3942 <td>In0</td>
3943 <td>In1</td>
3944 <td>Out</td>
3945 </tr>
3946 <tr>
3947 <td>0</td>
3948 <td>0</td>
3949 <td>0</td>
3950 </tr>
3951 <tr>
3952 <td>0</td>
3953 <td>1</td>
3954 <td>1</td>
3955 </tr>
3956 <tr>
3957 <td>1</td>
3958 <td>0</td>
3959 <td>1</td>
3960 </tr>
3961 <tr>
3962 <td>1</td>
3963 <td>1</td>
3964 <td>0</td>
3965 </tr>
3966 </tbody>
3967</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003968
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003969<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003970<pre>
3971 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003972 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
3973 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
3974 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003975</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003976
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003977</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003978
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003979<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003980<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003981 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
3982</div>
3983
3984<div class="doc_text">
3985
3986<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003987 target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
3988 vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
3989 does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
3990 will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a
3991 specific target.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003992
3993</div>
3994
3995<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3996<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3997 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3998</div>
3999
4000<div class="doc_text">
4001
4002<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004003<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004004 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004005</pre>
4006
4007<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004008<p>The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar element
4009 from a vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004010
4011
4012<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004013<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a value
4014 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is an index
4015 indicating the position from which to extract the element. The index may be
4016 a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004017
4018<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004019<p>The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
4020 <tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
4021 <tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
4022 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004023
4024<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004025<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00004026 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004027</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004028
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004029</div>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004030
4031<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4032<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4033 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
4034</div>
4035
4036<div class="doc_text">
4037
4038<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004039<pre>
Dan Gohmanf3480b92008-05-12 23:38:42 +00004040 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004041</pre>
4042
4043<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004044<p>The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
4045 vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004046
4047<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004048<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a value
4049 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a scalar value
4050 whose type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third
4051 operand is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value.
4052 The index may be a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004053
4054<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004055<p>The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its element values
4056 are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the
4057 value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
4058 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004059
4060<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004061<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00004062 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004063</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004064
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004065</div>
4066
4067<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4068<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4069 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
4070</div>
4071
4072<div class="doc_text">
4073
4074<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004075<pre>
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00004076 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;m x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;m x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004077</pre>
4078
4079<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004080<p>The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
4081 from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as the
4082 input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004083
4084<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004085<p>The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
4086 with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
4087 element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector
4088 whose length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
4089 same as the element type of the first two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004090
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004091<p>The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
4092 constant integer or undef values.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004093
4094<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004095<p>The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
4096 both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
4097 the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
4098 gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the
4099 second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004100
4101<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004102<pre>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004103 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004104 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004105 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004106 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004107 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;8 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;8 x i32&gt; undef,
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00004108 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004109 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00004110 &lt;8 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 &gt; <i>; yields &lt;8 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004111</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004112
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004113</div>
Tanya Lattner09474292006-04-14 19:24:33 +00004114
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004115<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004116<div class="doc_subsection">
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004117 <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
4118</div>
4119
4120<div class="doc_text">
4121
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004122<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with
4123 <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> values.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004124
4125</div>
4126
4127<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4128<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4129 <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
4130</div>
4131
4132<div class="doc_text">
4133
4134<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004135<pre>
4136 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt;{, &lt;idx&gt;}*
4137</pre>
4138
4139<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004140<p>The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a member field
4141 from an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> value.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004142
4143<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004144<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004145 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a>, <a href="#t_union">union</a> or
4146 <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The operands are constant indices to
4147 specify which value to extract in a similar manner as indices in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004148 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004149
4150<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004151<p>The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by the
4152 index operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004153
4154<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004155<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00004156 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004157</pre>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004158
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004159</div>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004160
4161<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4162<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4163 <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
4164</div>
4165
4166<div class="doc_text">
4167
4168<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004169<pre>
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00004170 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;aggregate type&gt;</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004171</pre>
4172
4173<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004174<p>The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value into a member field
4175 in an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> value.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004176
4177<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004178<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004179 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a>, <a href="#t_union">union</a> or
4180 <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The second operand is a first-class
4181 value to insert. The following operands are constant indices indicating
4182 the position at which to insert the value in a similar manner as indices in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004183 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction. The
4184 value to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
4185 indices.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004186
4187<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004188<p>The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its value is
4189 that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position specified by the
4190 indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004191
4192<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004193<pre>
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00004194 %agg1 = insertvalue {i32, float} undef, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32 1, float undef}</i>
4195 %agg2 = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg1, float %val, 1 <i>; yields {i32 1, float %val}</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004196</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004197
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004198</div>
4199
4200
4201<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004202<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004203 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004204</div>
4205
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004206<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004207
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004208<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
4209 memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00004210 very simple. This section describes how to read, write, and allocate
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004211 memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004212
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004213</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004214
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004215<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004216<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004217 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
4218</div>
4219
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004220<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004221
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004222<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004223<pre>
Dan Gohmanf75a7d32010-05-28 01:14:11 +00004224 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004225</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004226
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004227<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004228<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004229 currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
4230 returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
4231 space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004232
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004233<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004234<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction
4235 allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory on the
4236 runtime stack, returning a pointer of the appropriate type to the program.
4237 If "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated,
4238 otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is
4239 specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to
4240 at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose
4241 to align the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the
4242 type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004243
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004244<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004245
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004246<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling871eb0a2009-05-08 20:49:29 +00004247<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004248 there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
4249 memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
4250 '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
4251 variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
4252 (either with the <tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>
4253 or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> instructions), the memory is
4254 reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004255
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004256<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004257<pre>
Dan Gohman81e21672009-01-04 23:49:44 +00004258 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4259 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4260 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4261 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004262</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004263
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004264</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004265
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004266<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004267<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
4268Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004269
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004270<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004271
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004272<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004273<pre>
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004274 &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;]
4275 &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;]
4276 !&lt;index&gt; = !{ i32 1 }
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004277</pre>
4278
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004279<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004280<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004281
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004282<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004283<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory address
4284 from which to load. The pointer must point to
4285 a <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
4286 marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00004287 number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other <a
4288 href="#volatile">volatile operations</a>.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004289
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004290<p>The optional constant <tt>align</tt> argument specifies the alignment of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004291 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004292 omitted <tt>align</tt> argument means that the operation has the preferential
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004293 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4294 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004295 alignment results in undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004296 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4297
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004298<p>The optional <tt>!nontemporal</tt> metadata must reference a single
4299 metatadata name &lt;index&gt; corresponding to a metadata node with
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004300 one <tt>i32</tt> entry of value 1. The existence of
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004301 the <tt>!nontemporal</tt> metatadata on the instruction tells the optimizer
4302 and code generator that this load is not expected to be reused in the cache.
4303 The code generator may select special instructions to save cache bandwidth,
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004304 such as the <tt>MOVNT</tt> instruction on x86.</p>
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004305
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004306<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004307<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded is of
4308 scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum number
4309 of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
4310 <tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
4311 <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
4312 is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
4313 same type.</p>
4314
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004315<h5>Examples:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004316<pre>
4317 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4318 <a href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004319 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004320</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004321
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004322</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004323
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004324<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004325<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
4326Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004327
Reid Spencer035ab572006-11-09 21:18:01 +00004328<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004329
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004330<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004331<pre>
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00004332 store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
4333 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004334</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004335
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004336<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004337<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004338
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004339<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004340<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value to store
4341 and an address at which to store it. The type of the
4342 '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand must be a pointer to
4343 the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type of the
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00004344 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked as
4345 <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or
4346 order of execution of this <tt>store</tt> with other <a
4347 href="#volatile">volatile operations</a>.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004348
4349<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
4350 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
4351 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
4352 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4353 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
4354 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
4355 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4356
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004357<p>The optional !nontemporal metadata must reference a single metatadata
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00004358 name &lt;index&gt; corresponding to a metadata node with one i32 entry of
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004359 value 1. The existence of the !nontemporal metatadata on the
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004360 instruction tells the optimizer and code generator that this load is
4361 not expected to be reused in the cache. The code generator may
4362 select special instructions to save cache bandwidth, such as the
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004363 MOVNT instruction on x86.</p>
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004364
4365
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004366<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004367<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' at the
4368 location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand. If
4369 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes written
4370 does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the
4371 type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most three bytes. When
4372 writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an
4373 integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits
4374 that do not belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.</p>
4375
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004376<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004377<pre>
4378 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8c6c72d2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00004379 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
4380 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004381</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004382
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004383</div>
4384
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004385<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004386<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4387 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
4388</div>
4389
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004390<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004391
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004392<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004393<pre>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004394 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004395 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr inbounds &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004396</pre>
4397
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004398<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004399<p>The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004400 subelement of an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> data structure.
4401 It performs address calculation only and does not access memory.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004402
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004403<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004404<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004405 calculation. The remaining arguments are indices that indicate which of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004406 elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each
4407 index is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always
4408 indexes the pointer value given as the first argument, the second index
4409 indexes a value of the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly
4410 pointed to, since the first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004411 indexed into must be a pointer value, subsequent types can be arrays,
4412 vectors, structs and unions. Note that subsequent types being indexed into
4413 can never be pointers, since that would require loading the pointer before
4414 continuing calculation.</p>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004415
4416<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004417 When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure or union, only <tt>i32</tt>
4418 integer <b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer
4419 or vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not required to be
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004420 constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004421
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004422<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled to
4423 LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004424
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00004425<pre class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004426struct RT {
4427 char A;
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004428 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004429 char C;
4430};
4431struct ST {
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004432 int X;
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004433 double Y;
4434 struct RT Z;
4435};
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004436
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004437int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004438 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
4439}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004440</pre>
4441
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004442<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004443
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00004444<pre class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +00004445%RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
4446%ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004447
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004448define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004449entry:
4450 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
4451 ret i32* %reg
4452}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004453</pre>
4454
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004455<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004456<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004457 type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
4458 }</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element
4459 of the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
4460 i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
4461 element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
4462 array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
4463 '<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a
4464 pointer to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004465
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004466<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
4467 returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code for
4468 the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004469
4470<pre>
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004471 define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004472 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004473 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
4474 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004475 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
4476 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
4477 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004478 }
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004479</pre>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00004480
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004481<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman27ef9972010-04-23 15:23:32 +00004482 <tt>getelementptr</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if the
4483 base pointer is not an <i>in bounds</i> address of an allocated object,
4484 or if any of the addresses that would be formed by successive addition of
4485 the offsets implied by the indices to the base address with infinitely
4486 precise arithmetic are not an <i>in bounds</i> address of that allocated
4487 object. The <i>in bounds</i> addresses for an allocated object are all
4488 the addresses that point into the object, plus the address one byte past
4489 the end.</p>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004490
4491<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is not present, the offsets are added to
4492 the base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic, and
4493 the result value of the <tt>getelementptr</tt> may be outside the object
4494 pointed to by the base pointer. The result value may not necessarily be
4495 used to access memory though, even if it happens to point into allocated
4496 storage. See the <a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
4497 section for more information.</p>
4498
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004499<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight into
4500 how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr FAQ</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004501
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004502<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004503<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004504 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004505 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
4506 <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004507 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, &lt;2 x i8&gt;}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004508 <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i>
4509 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
Sanjiv Gupta9f805c22009-04-25 07:27:44 +00004510 <i>; yields i32*:iptr</i>
Sanjiv Gupta16ffa802009-04-24 16:38:13 +00004511 %iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004512</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004513
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004514</div>
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004515
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004516<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004517<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004518</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004519
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004520<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004521
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004522<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004523 which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit
4524 conversions on the operand.</p>
4525
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004526</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004527
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004528<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004529<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004530 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4531</div>
4532<div class="doc_text">
4533
4534<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4535<pre>
4536 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4537</pre>
4538
4539<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004540<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the
4541 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004542
4543<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004544<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
4545 be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the
4546 size and type of the result, which must be
4547 an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must
4548 be larger than the bit size of <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not
4549 allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004550
4551<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004552<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits
4553 in <tt>value</tt> and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the
4554 source size must be larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot
4555 be a <i>no-op cast</i>. It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004556
4557<h5>Example:</h5>
4558<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004559 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004560 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004561 %Z = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004562</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004563
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004564</div>
4565
4566<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4567<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4568 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4569</div>
4570<div class="doc_text">
4571
4572<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4573<pre>
4574 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4575</pre>
4576
4577<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004578<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004579 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004580
4581
4582<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004583<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004584 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4585 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004586 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004587 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004588
4589<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4590<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004591 bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004592
Reid Spencerb5929522007-01-12 15:46:11 +00004593<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004594
4595<h5>Example:</h5>
4596<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004597 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004598 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004599</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004600
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004601</div>
4602
4603<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4604<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4605 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4606</div>
4607<div class="doc_text">
4608
4609<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4610<pre>
4611 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4612</pre>
4613
4614<h5>Overview:</h5>
4615<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
4616
4617<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004618<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004619 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4620 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004621 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004622 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004623
4624<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004625<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
4626 bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size
4627 of the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004628
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004629<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004630
4631<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004632<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004633 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004634 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004635</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004636
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004637</div>
4638
4639<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4640<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004641 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4642</div>
4643
4644<div class="doc_text">
4645
4646<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004647<pre>
4648 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4649</pre>
4650
4651<h5>Overview:</h5>
4652<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004653 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004654
4655<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4656<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004657 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
4658 to cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004659 <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004660 <i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004661
4662<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004663<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004664 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004665 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit
4666 within the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are
4667 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004668
4669<h5>Example:</h5>
4670<pre>
4671 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
4672 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
4673</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004674
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004675</div>
4676
4677<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4678<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004679 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4680</div>
4681<div class="doc_text">
4682
4683<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4684<pre>
4685 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4686</pre>
4687
4688<h5>Overview:</h5>
4689<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004690 floating point value.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004691
4692<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004693<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004694 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, and
4695 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
4696 type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004697
4698<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004699<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004700 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
4701 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
4702 used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
4703 <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004704
4705<h5>Example:</h5>
4706<pre>
4707 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
4708 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
4709</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004710
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004711</div>
4712
4713<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4714<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer24d6da52007-01-21 00:29:26 +00004715 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004716</div>
4717<div class="doc_text">
4718
4719<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4720<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004721 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004722</pre>
4723
4724<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004725<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004726 unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004727
4728<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004729<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4730 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4731 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4732 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4733 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004734
4735<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004736<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004737 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4738 towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit
4739 in <tt>ty2</tt>, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004740
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004741<h5>Example:</h5>
4742<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004743 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004744 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004745 %Z = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004746</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004747
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004748</div>
4749
4750<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4751<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004752 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004753</div>
4754<div class="doc_text">
4755
4756<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4757<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004758 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004759</pre>
4760
4761<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004762<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004763 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to
4764 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004765
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004766<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004767<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4768 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4769 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4770 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4771 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004772
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004773<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004774<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004775 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4776 towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
4777 the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004778
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004779<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004780<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004781 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004782 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004783 %Z = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004784</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004785
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004786</div>
4787
4788<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4789<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004790 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004791</div>
4792<div class="doc_text">
4793
4794<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4795<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004796 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004797</pre>
4798
4799<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004800<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004801 integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004802
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004803<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004804<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004805 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4806 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4807 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4808 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004809
4810<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004811<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004812 integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
4813 value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
4814 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004815
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004816<h5>Example:</h5>
4817<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004818 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004819 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004820</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004821
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004822</div>
4823
4824<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4825<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004826 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004827</div>
4828<div class="doc_text">
4829
4830<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4831<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004832 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004833</pre>
4834
4835<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004836<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed integer
4837 and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004838
4839<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004840<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004841 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4842 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4843 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4844 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004845
4846<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004847<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
4848 quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If the
4849 value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004850
4851<h5>Example:</h5>
4852<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004853 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004854 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004855</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004856
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004857</div>
4858
4859<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4860<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004861 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4862</div>
4863<div class="doc_text">
4864
4865<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4866<pre>
4867 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4868</pre>
4869
4870<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004871<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
4872 the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004873
4874<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004875<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
4876 must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
4877 <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004878
4879<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4880<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004881 <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
4882 truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
4883 <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
4884 <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
4885 are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
4886 change.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004887
4888<h5>Example:</h5>
4889<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004890 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
4891 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004892</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004893
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004894</div>
4895
4896<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4897<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4898 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4899</div>
4900<div class="doc_text">
4901
4902<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4903<pre>
4904 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4905</pre>
4906
4907<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004908<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to a
4909 pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004910
4911<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00004912<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004913 value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
4914 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004915
4916<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4917<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004918 <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
4919 the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
4920 size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller
4921 than the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the
4922 same size, nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004923
4924<h5>Example:</h5>
4925<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004926 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004927 %Y = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
4928 %Z = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004929</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004930
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004931</div>
4932
4933<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4934<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004935 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004936</div>
4937<div class="doc_text">
4938
4939<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4940<pre>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004941 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004942</pre>
4943
4944<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004945<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004946 <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004947
4948<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004949<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4950 non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
4951 a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes
4952 of <tt>value</tt> and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be
4953 identical. If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be
4954 a pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
4955 integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
4956 size).</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004957
4958<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004959<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004960 <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
4961 this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
4962 stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only
4963 be converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert
4964 pointers to other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
4965 <a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004966
4967<h5>Example:</h5>
4968<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004969 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004970 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004971 %Z = bitcast &lt;2 x int&gt; %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004972</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004973
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004974</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004975
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004976<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4977<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004978
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004979<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004980
4981<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions, which
4982 defy better classification.</p>
4983
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004984</div>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004985
4986<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4987<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4988</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004989
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004990<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004991
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004992<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004993<pre>
4994 &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004995</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004996
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004997<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004998<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
4999 boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector, or
5000 pointer operands.</p>
5001
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005002<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5003<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005004 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
5005 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
5006
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005007<ol>
5008 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
5009 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
5010 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
5011 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
5012 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
5013 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
5014 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
5015 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
5016 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
5017 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
5018</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005019
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00005020<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005021 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
5022 typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
5023
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005024<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005025<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to the
5026 condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always yields
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00005027 either an <a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005028 result, as follows:</p>
5029
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005030<ol>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005031 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005032 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
5033 performed.</li>
5034
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005035 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005036 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
5037 performed.</li>
5038
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005039 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005040 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5041
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005042 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005043 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
5044 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5045
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005046 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005047 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5048
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005049 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005050 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5051
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005052 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005053 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5054
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005055 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005056 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
5057 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5058
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005059 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005060 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5061
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005062 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005063 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005064</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005065
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005066<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005067 values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
5068
5069<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
5070 element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with the same number of elements
5071 as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005072
5073<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005074<pre>
5075 &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005076 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
5077 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
5078 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
5079 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
5080 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005081</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005082
5083<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
5084 the <tt>icmp</tt> instruction.</p>
5085
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005086</div>
5087
5088<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5089<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
5090</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005091
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005092<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005093
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005094<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005095<pre>
5096 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005097</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005098
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005099<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005100<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
5101 values based on comparison of its operands.</p>
5102
5103<p>If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a boolean
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00005104(<a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a>).</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005105
5106<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a vector
5107 of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
5108 compared.</p>
5109
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005110<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5111<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005112 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
5113 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
5114
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005115<ol>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005116 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005117 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
5118 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
5119 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
5120 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
5121 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
5122 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
5123 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
5124 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
5125 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
5126 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
5127 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
5128 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
5129 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
5130 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005131 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005132</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005133
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005134<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005135 <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
5136
5137<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be either
5138 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type or
5139 a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. They must have
5140 identical types.</p>
5141
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005142<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00005143<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005144 according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. If the operands are
5145 vectors, then the vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00005146 performed always yields an <a href="#t_integer">i1</a> result, as
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005147 follows:</p>
5148
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005149<ol>
5150 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005151
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005152 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005153 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5154
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005155 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005156 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005157
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005158 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005159 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5160
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005161 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005162 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5163
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005164 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005165 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5166
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005167 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005168 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5169
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005170 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005171
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005172 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005173 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5174
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005175 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005176 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5177
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005178 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005179 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5180
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005181 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005182 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5183
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005184 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005185 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5186
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005187 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005188 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5189
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005190 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005191
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005192 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
5193</ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005194
5195<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005196<pre>
5197 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00005198 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
5199 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
5200 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005201</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005202
5203<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
5204 the <tt>fcmp</tt> instruction.</p>
5205
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005206</div>
5207
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005208<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nate Begemanac80ade2008-05-12 19:01:56 +00005209<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005210 <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a>
5211</div>
5212
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005213<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005214
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005215<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005216<pre>
5217 &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...
5218</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005219
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005220<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005221<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in the
5222 SSA graph representing the function.</p>
5223
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005224<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005225<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field. After
5226 this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs as arguments, with
5227 one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current block. Only values
5228 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type may be used as the value
5229 arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the label
5230 arguments.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005231
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005232<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block and
5233 the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
5234 block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005235
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005236<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is deemed to
5237 occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to the current
5238 block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction's return
5239 value on the same edge).</p>
Jay Foadd2449092009-06-03 10:20:10 +00005240
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005241<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005242<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005243 specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
5244 executed just prior to the current block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005245
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005246<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005247<pre>
5248Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
5249 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
5250 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
5251 br label %Loop
5252</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005253
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005254</div>
5255
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005256<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5257<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5258 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
5259</div>
5260
5261<div class="doc_text">
5262
5263<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005264<pre>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00005265 &lt;result&gt; = select <i>selty</i> &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
5266
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005267 <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005268</pre>
5269
5270<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005271<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
5272 condition, without branching.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005273
5274
5275<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005276<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
5277 values indicating the condition, and two values of the
5278 same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the val1/val2 are
5279 vectors and the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
5280 individual elements.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005281
5282<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005283<p>If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the
5284 first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005285
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005286<p>If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be vectors
5287 of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005288
5289<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005290<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00005291 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005292</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005293
5294<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support conditions
5295 with vector type.</p>
5296
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005297</div>
5298
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00005299<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5300<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005301 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
5302</div>
5303
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005304<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005305
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005306<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005307<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00005308 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005309</pre>
5310
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005311<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005312<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005313
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005314<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005315<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005316
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005317<ol>
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005318 <li>The optional "tail" marker indicates that the callee function does not
5319 access any allocas or varargs in the caller. Note that calls may be
5320 marked "tail" even if they do not occur before
5321 a <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction. If the "tail" marker is
5322 present, the function call is eligible for tail call optimization,
5323 but <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">might not in fact be
Evan Chengdc444e92010-03-08 21:05:02 +00005324 optimized into a jump</a>. The code generator may optimize calls marked
5325 "tail" with either 1) automatic <a href="CodeGenerator.html#sibcallopt">
5326 sibling call optimization</a> when the caller and callee have
5327 matching signatures, or 2) forced tail call optimization when the
5328 following extra requirements are met:
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005329 <ul>
5330 <li>Caller and callee both have the calling
5331 convention <tt>fastcc</tt>.</li>
5332 <li>The call is in tail position (ret immediately follows call and ret
5333 uses value of call or is void).</li>
5334 <li>Option <tt>-tailcallopt</tt> is enabled,
Dan Gohmanfbbee8d2010-03-02 01:08:11 +00005335 or <code>llvm::GuaranteedTailCallOpt</code> is <code>true</code>.</li>
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005336 <li><a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Platform specific
5337 constraints are met.</a></li>
5338 </ul>
5339 </li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005340
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005341 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
5342 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005343 defaults to using C calling conventions. The calling convention of the
5344 call must match the calling convention of the target function, or else the
5345 behavior is undefined.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005346
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005347 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
5348 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
5349 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
5350
5351 <li>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
5352 type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
5353 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</li>
5354
5355 <li>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
5356 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
5357 signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and if
5358 the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</li>
5359
5360 <li>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
5361 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
5362 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
5363 to function value.</li>
5364
5365 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00005366 signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must be
5367 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function
5368 signature indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments,
5369 the extra arguments can be specified.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005370
5371 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
5372 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
5373 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005374</ol>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005375
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005376<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005377<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
5378 a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
5379 values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction in the called
5380 function, control flow continues with the instruction after the function
5381 call, and the return value of the function is bound to the result
5382 argument.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005383
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005384<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005385<pre>
Nick Lewyckydb7e3c92007-09-08 13:57:50 +00005386 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00005387 call i32 (i8*, ...)* @printf(i8* %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattner772fccf2008-03-21 17:24:17 +00005388 %X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5389 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5390 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00005391
5392 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005393 %r = call %struct.A @foo() <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00005394 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
5395 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 <i>; yields i8</i>
Chris Lattner85a350f2008-10-08 06:26:11 +00005396 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i>
Matthijs Kooijmancb73d192008-10-07 10:03:45 +00005397 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005398</pre>
5399
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005400<p>llvm treats calls to some functions with names and arguments that match the
Dale Johannesen9f8380b2009-09-25 17:04:42 +00005401standard C99 library as being the C99 library functions, and may perform
5402optimizations or generate code for them under that assumption. This is
5403something we'd like to change in the future to provide better support for
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005404freestanding environments and non-C-based languages.</p>
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005405
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005406</div>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005407
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005408<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005409<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +00005410 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005411</div>
5412
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005413<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005414
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005415<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005416<pre>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005417 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005418</pre>
5419
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005420<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005421<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005422 the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
5423 <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005424
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005425<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005426<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of the
5427 argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and increments
5428 the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The actual type
5429 of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005430
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005431<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005432<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
5433 from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the <tt>va_list</tt> to point
5434 to the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
5435 handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005436
5437<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005438 take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
5439 function.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005440
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005441<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of
5442 an <a href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
5443 argument.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005444
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005445<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005446<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
5447
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005448<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg on many
5449 targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with aggregate types on
5450 any target.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00005451
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005452</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005453
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005454<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00005455<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
5456<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005457
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005458<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005459
5460<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005461 well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
5462 restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for
5463 the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations
5464 in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the
5465 parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005466
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00005467<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005468 prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
5469 begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
5470 functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
5471 functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to
5472 take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic
5473 functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that
5474 they be documented here.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005475
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005476<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents a
5477 family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
5478 types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
5479 overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
5480 integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
5481 overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
5482 exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows
5483 an intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them
5484 to be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
5485 argument or the result.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005486
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005487<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
5488 encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
5489 which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
5490 against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function
5491 can take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same
5492 integer width. This leads to a family of functions such as
5493 <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29
5494 %val)</tt>. Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type
5495 suffix is required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return
5496 type, it does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005497
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005498<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005499 <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005500
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005501</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005502
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005503<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005504<div class="doc_subsection">
5505 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
5506</div>
5507
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005508<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005509
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005510<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with
5511 the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
5512 intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly named
5513 macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005514
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005515<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific value
5516 type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly language reference manual does
5517 not define what this type is, so all transformations should be prepared to
5518 handle these functions regardless of the type used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005519
Chris Lattner374ab302006-05-15 17:26:46 +00005520<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005521 instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
5522 used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005523
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00005524<pre class="doc_code">
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005525define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005526 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005527 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005528 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005529 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005530
5531 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005532 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005533
5534 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005535 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005536 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005537 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005538 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005539
5540 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005541 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005542 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005543}
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005544
5545declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
5546declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
5547declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005548</pre>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005549
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005550</div>
5551
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005552<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005553<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005554 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005555</div>
5556
5557
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005558<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005559
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005560<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005561<pre>
5562 declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5563</pre>
5564
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005565<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005566<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>
5567 for subsequent use by <tt><a href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005568
5569<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005570<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005571
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005572<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005573<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005574 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes
5575 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next
5576 call to <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to
5577 the function. Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not
5578 need to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
5579 that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005580
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005581</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005582
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005583<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005584<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005585 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005586</div>
5587
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005588<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005589
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005590<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5591<pre>
5592 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5593</pre>
5594
5595<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005596<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005597 which has been initialized previously
5598 with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
5599 or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005600
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005601<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005602<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005603
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005604<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005605<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005606 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys
5607 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls
5608 to <a href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a>
5609 and <a href="#int_va_copy"> <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
5610 with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005611
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005612</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005613
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005614<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005615<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005616 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005617</div>
5618
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005619<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005620
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005621<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005622<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005623 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005624</pre>
5625
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005626<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005627<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005628 from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005629
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005630<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005631<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005632 The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy
5633 from.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005634
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005635<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005636<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005637 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the
5638 source <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt>
5639 element. This intrinsic is necessary because
5640 the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be
5641 arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005642
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005643</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005644
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005645<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5646<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005647 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
5648</div>
5649
5650<div class="doc_text">
5651
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005652<p>LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00005653Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005654intrinsics. These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC
5655roots on the stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that
5656require <a href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a>
5657barriers. Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
5658these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details,
5659see <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with
5660LLVM</a>.</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005661
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005662<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
5663 address space (address space zero).</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005664
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005665</div>
5666
5667<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5668<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005669 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005670</div>
5671
5672<div class="doc_text">
5673
5674<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005675<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005676 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005677</pre>
5678
5679<h5>Overview:</h5>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00005680<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005681 the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005682
5683<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005684<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005685 root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a
5686 global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
5687 root.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005688
5689<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner05d67092008-04-24 05:59:56 +00005690<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005691 location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
5692 the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
5693 intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5694 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005695
5696</div>
5697
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005698<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5699<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005700 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005701</div>
5702
5703<div class="doc_text">
5704
5705<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005706<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005707 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005708</pre>
5709
5710<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005711<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005712 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
5713 barriers.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005714
5715<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005716<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005717 allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
5718 start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
5719 null).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005720
5721<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005722<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005723 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5724 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
5725 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5726 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005727
5728</div>
5729
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005730<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5731<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005732 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005733</div>
5734
5735<div class="doc_text">
5736
5737<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005738<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005739 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005740</pre>
5741
5742<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005743<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005744 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
5745 barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005746
5747<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005748<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005749 object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
5750 store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may
5751 be null.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005752
5753<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005754<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005755 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5756 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
5757 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5758 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005759
5760</div>
5761
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005762<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5763<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005764 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
5765</div>
5766
5767<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005768
5769<p>These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may
5770 only be implemented with code generator support.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005771
5772</div>
5773
5774<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5775<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005776 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005777</div>
5778
5779<div class="doc_text">
5780
5781<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5782<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005783 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005784</pre>
5785
5786<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005787<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
5788 target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
5789 or one of its callers.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005790
5791<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005792<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
5793 for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.
5794 The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005795
5796<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005797<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5798 indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5799 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5800 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5801 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005802
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005803<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5804 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5805 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005806
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005807</div>
5808
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005809<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5810<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005811 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005812</div>
5813
5814<div class="doc_text">
5815
5816<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5817<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00005818 declare i8* @llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005819</pre>
5820
5821<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005822<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
5823 target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005824
5825<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005826<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
5827 pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
5828 etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005829
5830<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005831<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5832 indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5833 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5834 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5835 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005836
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005837<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5838 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5839 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005840
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005841</div>
5842
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005843<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5844<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005845 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005846</div>
5847
5848<div class="doc_text">
5849
5850<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5851<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00005852 declare i8* @llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005853</pre>
5854
5855<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005856<p>The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
5857 of the function stack, for use
5858 with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is
5859 useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
5860 sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005861
5862<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005863<p>This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed
5864 to <a href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When
5865 an <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved
5866 from <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack
5867 to the state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.
5868 In practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the
5869 stack that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005870
5871</div>
5872
5873<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5874<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005875 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005876</div>
5877
5878<div class="doc_text">
5879
5880<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5881<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00005882 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8* %ptr)
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005883</pre>
5884
5885<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005886<p>The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
5887 the function stack to the state it was in when the
5888 corresponding <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic
5889 executed. This is useful for implementing language features like scoped
5890 automatic variable sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005891
5892<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005893<p>See the description
5894 for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005895
5896</div>
5897
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005898<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5899<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005900 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005901</div>
5902
5903<div class="doc_text">
5904
5905<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5906<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005907 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005908</pre>
5909
5910<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005911<p>The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
5912 insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
5913 Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change its
5914 performance characteristics.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005915
5916<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005917<p><tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the
5918 specifier determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1),
5919 and <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
5920 locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt>
5921 and <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005922
5923<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005924<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
5925 prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support
5926 this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for
5927 better performance.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005928
5929</div>
5930
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005931<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5932<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005933 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005934</div>
5935
5936<div class="doc_text">
5937
5938<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5939<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005940 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005941</pre>
5942
5943<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005944<p>The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
5945 Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The method
5946 is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use exported
5947 symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no guarantees
5948 that it will remain with any specific instruction after optimizations. It is
5949 possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit optimizations. The
5950 intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow correlations of
5951 simulation runs.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005952
5953<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005954<p><tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005955
5956<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005957<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005958 not support this intrinsic may ignore it.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005959
5960</div>
5961
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005962<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5963<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005964 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005965</div>
5966
5967<div class="doc_text">
5968
5969<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5970<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00005971 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter()
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005972</pre>
5973
5974<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005975<p>The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
5976 counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
5977 targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
5978 should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order
5979 of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small timings.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005980
5981<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005982<p>When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
5983 memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific
5984 value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered
5985 to a constant 0.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005986
5987</div>
5988
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005989<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5990<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005991 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
5992</div>
5993
5994<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005995
5996<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
5997 These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about
5998 the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing
5999 opportunity for more efficient code generation.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006000
6001</div>
6002
6003<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6004<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006005 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006006</div>
6007
6008<div class="doc_text">
6009
6010<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006011<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> on any
Mon P Wange88909b2010-04-07 06:35:53 +00006012 integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support
6013 all bit widths however.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006014
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006015<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006016 declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8* &lt;src&gt;,
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006017 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006018 declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8* &lt;src&gt;,
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006019 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006020</pre>
6021
6022<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006023<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6024 source location to the destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006025
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006026<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006027 intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile arguments
6028 and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006029
6030<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006031
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006032<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
6033 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006034 number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the alignment of the
6035 source and destination locations, and the fifth is a boolean indicating a
6036 volatile access.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006037
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006038<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006039 then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are
6040 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00006041
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00006042<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
6043 <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
6044 The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
6045 to depend on it.</p>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006046
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006047<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006048
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006049<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6050 source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
6051 overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to
6052 be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
6053 otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006054
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006055</div>
6056
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006057<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6058<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006059 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006060</div>
6061
6062<div class="doc_text">
6063
6064<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00006065<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
Mon P Wange88909b2010-04-07 06:35:53 +00006066 width and for different address space. Not all targets support all bit
6067 widths however.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006068
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006069<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006070 declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8* &lt;src&gt;,
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006071 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006072 declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8* &lt;src&gt;,
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006073 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006074</pre>
6075
6076<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006077<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
6078 source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
6079 '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
6080 overlap.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006081
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006082<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006083 intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile arguments
6084 and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006085
6086<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006087
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006088<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
6089 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006090 number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the alignment of the
6091 source and destination locations, and the fifth is a boolean indicating a
6092 volatile access.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006093
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006094<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006095 then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
6096 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00006097
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00006098<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
6099 <tt>llvm.memmove</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
6100 The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
6101 to depend on it.</p>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006102
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006103<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006104
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006105<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6106 source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It copies
6107 "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
6108 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
6109 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006110
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006111</div>
6112
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006113<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6114<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006115 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006116</div>
6117
6118<div class="doc_text">
6119
6120<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00006121<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
Mon P Wange88909b2010-04-07 06:35:53 +00006122 width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
6123 widths however.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006124
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006125<pre>
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006126 declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i32(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Chris Lattnerff35c3f2010-04-08 00:54:34 +00006127 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Dan Gohmanfe47aae2010-05-28 17:13:49 +00006128 declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i64(i8* &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Chris Lattnerff35c3f2010-04-08 00:54:34 +00006129 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006130</pre>
6131
6132<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006133<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
6134 particular byte value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006135
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006136<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006137 intrinsic does not return a value, takes extra alignment/volatile arguments,
6138 and the destination can be in an arbitrary address space.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006139
6140<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006141<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
6142 byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer argument
6143 specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the known
6144 alignment of destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006145
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006146<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006147 then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that
6148 boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006149
Jeffrey Yasskin93e066d2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00006150<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
6151 <tt>llvm.memset</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
6152 The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
6153 to depend on it.</p>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006154
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006155<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006156<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
6157 at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
6158 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
6159 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006160
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006161</div>
6162
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006163<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6164<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006165 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006166</div>
6167
6168<div class="doc_text">
6169
6170<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006171<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
6172 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6173 types however.</p>
6174
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006175<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00006176 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
6177 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
6178 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6179 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
6180 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006181</pre>
6182
6183<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006184<p>The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
6185 returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.
6186 Unlike <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined
6187 behavior for negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better
6188 optimization, because there is no need to worry about errno being
6189 set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006190
6191<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006192<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6193 type.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006194
6195<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006196<p>This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
6197 nonnegative floating point number.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006198
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006199</div>
6200
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006201<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6202<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006203 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006204</div>
6205
6206<div class="doc_text">
6207
6208<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006209<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
6210 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6211 types however.</p>
6212
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006213<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00006214 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
6215 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
6216 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
6217 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
6218 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006219</pre>
6220
6221<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006222<p>The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
6223 specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
6224 multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
6225 used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006226
6227<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006228<p>The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
6229 that power.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006230
6231<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006232<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
6233 unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006234
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006235</div>
6236
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006237<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6238<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6239 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6240</div>
6241
6242<div class="doc_text">
6243
6244<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006245<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
6246 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6247 types however.</p>
6248
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006249<pre>
6250 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
6251 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
6252 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6253 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
6254 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
6255</pre>
6256
6257<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006258<p>The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006259
6260<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006261<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6262 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006263
6264<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006265<p>This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the same
6266 values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
6267 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006268
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006269</div>
6270
6271<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6272<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6273 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6274</div>
6275
6276<div class="doc_text">
6277
6278<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006279<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
6280 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6281 types however.</p>
6282
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006283<pre>
6284 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
6285 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
6286 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6287 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
6288 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
6289</pre>
6290
6291<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006292<p>The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006293
6294<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006295<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6296 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006297
6298<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006299<p>This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the same
6300 values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
6301 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006302
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006303</div>
6304
6305<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6306<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6307 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6308</div>
6309
6310<div class="doc_text">
6311
6312<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006313<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
6314 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6315 types however.</p>
6316
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006317<pre>
6318 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
6319 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
6320 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
6321 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
6322 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
6323</pre>
6324
6325<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006326<p>The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
6327 specified (positive or negative) power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006328
6329<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006330<p>The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
6331 raise to that power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006332
6333<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006334<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power, returning
6335 the same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
6336 conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006337
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006338</div>
6339
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006340<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6341<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006342 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006343</div>
6344
6345<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006346
6347<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
6348 These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006349
6350</div>
6351
6352<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6353<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006354 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006355</div>
6356
6357<div class="doc_text">
6358
6359<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006360<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006361 type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
6362
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006363<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006364 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
6365 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
6366 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006367</pre>
6368
6369<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006370<p>The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
6371 values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These
6372 are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's
6373 native byte order.</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006374
6375<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006376<p>The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
6377 and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly,
6378 the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four
6379 bytes of the input i32 swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1,
6380 2, 3 then the returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.
6381 The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics
6382 extend this concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and
6383 more, respectively).</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006384
6385</div>
6386
6387<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6388<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00006389 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006390</div>
6391
6392<div class="doc_text">
6393
6394<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006395<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006396 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6397
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006398<pre>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006399 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006400 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006401 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006402 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6403 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006404</pre>
6405
6406<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006407<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
6408 in a value.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006409
6410<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006411<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6412 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006413
6414<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006415<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006416
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006417</div>
6418
6419<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6420<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006421 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006422</div>
6423
6424<div class="doc_text">
6425
6426<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006427<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
6428 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6429
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006430<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006431 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6432 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006433 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006434 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6435 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006436</pre>
6437
6438<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006439<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6440 leading zeros in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006441
6442<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006443<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6444 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006445
6446<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006447<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
6448 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6449 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006450
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006451</div>
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006452
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006453<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6454<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006455 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006456</div>
6457
6458<div class="doc_text">
6459
6460<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006461<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
6462 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6463
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006464<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006465 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6466 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006467 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006468 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6469 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006470</pre>
6471
6472<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006473<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6474 trailing zeros.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006475
6476<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006477<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6478 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006479
6480<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006481<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
6482 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6483 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006484
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006485</div>
6486
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006487<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6488<div class="doc_subsection">
6489 <a name="int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
6490</div>
6491
6492<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006493
6494<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.</p>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006495
6496</div>
6497
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006498<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6499<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006500 <a name="int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006501</div>
6502
6503<div class="doc_text">
6504
6505<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006506<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006507 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006508
6509<pre>
6510 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6511 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6512 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6513</pre>
6514
6515<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006516<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006517 a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6518 occurred during the signed summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006519
6520<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006521<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006522 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6523 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6524 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6525 undergo signed addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006526
6527<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006528<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006529 a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure &mdash; the
6530 first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of
6531 which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
6532 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006533
6534<h5>Examples:</h5>
6535<pre>
6536 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6537 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6538 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6539 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6540</pre>
6541
6542</div>
6543
6544<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6545<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006546 <a name="int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006547</div>
6548
6549<div class="doc_text">
6550
6551<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006552<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006553 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006554
6555<pre>
6556 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6557 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6558 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6559</pre>
6560
6561<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006562<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006563 an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
6564 occurred during the unsigned summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006565
6566<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006567<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006568 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6569 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6570 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6571 undergo unsigned addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006572
6573<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006574<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006575 an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6576 the first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
6577 bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006578
6579<h5>Examples:</h5>
6580<pre>
6581 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6582 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6583 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6584 br i1 %obit, label %carry, label %normal
6585</pre>
6586
6587</div>
6588
6589<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6590<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006591 <a name="int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006592</div>
6593
6594<div class="doc_text">
6595
6596<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006597<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006598 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006599
6600<pre>
6601 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6602 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6603 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6604</pre>
6605
6606<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006607<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006608 a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6609 occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006610
6611<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006612<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006613 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6614 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6615 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6616 undergo signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006617
6618<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006619<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006620 a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6621 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6622 which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
6623 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006624
6625<h5>Examples:</h5>
6626<pre>
6627 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6628 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6629 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6630 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6631</pre>
6632
6633</div>
6634
6635<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6636<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006637 <a name="int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006638</div>
6639
6640<div class="doc_text">
6641
6642<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006643<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006644 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006645
6646<pre>
6647 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6648 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6649 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6650</pre>
6651
6652<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006653<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006654 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6655 overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006656
6657<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006658<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006659 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6660 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6661 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6662 undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006663
6664<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006665<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006666 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6667 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6668 which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
6669 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006670
6671<h5>Examples:</h5>
6672<pre>
6673 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6674 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6675 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6676 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6677</pre>
6678
6679</div>
6680
6681<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6682<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006683 <a name="int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006684</div>
6685
6686<div class="doc_text">
6687
6688<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006689<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006690 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006691
6692<pre>
6693 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6694 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6695 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6696</pre>
6697
6698<h5>Overview:</h5>
6699
6700<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006701 a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6702 overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006703
6704<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006705<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006706 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6707 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6708 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6709 undergo signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006710
6711<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006712<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006713 a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6714 the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
6715 which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
6716 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006717
6718<h5>Examples:</h5>
6719<pre>
6720 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6721 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6722 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6723 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6724</pre>
6725
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00006726</div>
6727
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006728<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6729<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6730 <a name="int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
6731</div>
6732
6733<div class="doc_text">
6734
6735<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006736<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006737 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006738
6739<pre>
6740 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6741 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6742 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6743</pre>
6744
6745<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006746<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006747 a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6748 overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006749
6750<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006751<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006752 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6753 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6754 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6755 undergo unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006756
6757<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006758<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006759 an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure
6760 &mdash; the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
6761 element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted
6762 in an overflow.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006763
6764<h5>Examples:</h5>
6765<pre>
6766 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6767 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6768 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6769 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6770</pre>
6771
6772</div>
6773
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006774<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6775<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006776 <a name="int_fp16">Half Precision Floating Point Intrinsics</a>
6777</div>
6778
6779<div class="doc_text">
6780
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006781<p>Half precision floating point is a storage-only format. This means that it is
6782 a dense encoding (in memory) but does not support computation in the
6783 format.</p>
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006784
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006785<p>This means that code must first load the half-precision floating point
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006786 value as an i16, then convert it to float with <a
6787 href="#int_convert_from_fp16"><tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt></a>.
6788 Computation can then be performed on the float value (including extending to
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006789 double etc). To store the value back to memory, it is first converted to
6790 float if needed, then converted to i16 with
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006791 <a href="#int_convert_to_fp16"><tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt></a>, then
6792 storing as an i16 value.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006793</div>
6794
6795<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6796<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006797 <a name="int_convert_to_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006798</div>
6799
6800<div class="doc_text">
6801
6802<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6803<pre>
6804 declare i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
6805</pre>
6806
6807<h5>Overview:</h5>
6808<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6809 a conversion from single precision floating point format to half precision
6810 floating point format.</p>
6811
6812<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6813<p>The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
6814 converted.</p>
6815
6816<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6817<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6818 a conversion from single precision floating point format to half precision
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006819 floating point format. The return value is an <tt>i16</tt> which
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006820 contains the converted number.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006821
6822<h5>Examples:</h5>
6823<pre>
6824 %res = call i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
6825 store i16 %res, i16* @x, align 2
6826</pre>
6827
6828</div>
6829
6830<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6831<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006832 <a name="int_convert_from_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006833</div>
6834
6835<div class="doc_text">
6836
6837<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6838<pre>
6839 declare f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
6840</pre>
6841
6842<h5>Overview:</h5>
6843<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6844 a conversion from half precision floating point format to single precision
6845 floating point format.</p>
6846
6847<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6848<p>The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
6849 converted.</p>
6850
6851<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6852<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs a
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006853 conversion from half single precision floating point format to single
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006854 precision floating point format. The input half-float value is represented by
6855 an <tt>i16</tt> value.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006856
6857<h5>Examples:</h5>
6858<pre>
6859 %a = load i16* @x, align 2
6860 %res = call f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
6861</pre>
6862
6863</div>
6864
6865<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6866<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006867 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
6868</div>
6869
6870<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006871
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006872<p>The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt>
6873 prefix), are described in
6874 the <a href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source
6875 Level Debugging</a> document.</p>
6876
6877</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006878
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006879<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6880<div class="doc_subsection">
6881 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
6882</div>
6883
6884<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006885
6886<p>The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
6887 <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in
6888 the <a href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
6889 Handling</a> document.</p>
6890
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006891</div>
6892
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006893<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6894<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006895 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006896</div>
6897
6898<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006899
6900<p>This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
Dan Gohmanff235352010-07-02 23:18:08 +00006901 the <a href="#nest"><tt>nest</tt></a> attribute, from a function.
6902 The result is a callable
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006903 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need to
6904 provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in advance in a
6905 "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the stack, which also
6906 contains code to splice the nest value into the argument list. This is used
6907 to implement the GCC nested function address extension.</p>
6908
6909<p>For example, if the function is
6910 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
6911 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as
6912 follows:</p>
6913
Benjamin Kramer26fe25f2010-07-13 12:26:09 +00006914<pre class="doc_code">
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006915 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
6916 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00006917 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval)
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006918 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006919</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006920
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00006921<p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp(i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> is then equivalent
6922 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f(i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt>.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006923
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006924</div>
6925
6926<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6927<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6928 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6929</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006930
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006931<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006932
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006933<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6934<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006935 declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006936</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006937
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006938<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006939<p>This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code and returns a
6940 function pointer suitable for executing it.</p>
6941
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006942<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006943<p>The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
6944 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large and
6945 sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
6946 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
6947 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
6948 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
6949 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to
6950 an <tt>i8*</tt>.</p>
6951
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006952<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006953<p>The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
6954 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
6955 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate
6956 function pointer type</a> before being called. The new function's signature
6957 is the same as that of <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with
6958 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument
6959 is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new function is
6960 equivalent to calling <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but
6961 with <tt>nval</tt> used for the missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after
6962 calling <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to
6963 by <tt>tramp</tt> is modified, then the effect of any later call to the
6964 returned function pointer is undefined.</p>
6965
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006966</div>
6967
6968<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6969<div class="doc_subsection">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006970 <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a>
6971</div>
6972
6973<div class="doc_text">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006974
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006975<p>These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
6976 hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
6977 provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
6978 is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
6979 (Application Programming Interfaces) which need atomic behaviors to map
6980 cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on hardware behavior. Just as
6981 hardware provides a "universal IR" for source languages, it also provides a
6982 starting point for developing a "universal" atomic operation and
6983 synchronization IR.</p>
6984
6985<p>These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
6986 software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
6987 functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
6988 application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
6989 a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
6990 No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
6991 itself ubiquitously does so.</p>
6992
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006993</div>
6994
6995<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6996<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6997 <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6998</div>
6999<div class="doc_text">
7000<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7001<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007002 declare void @llvm.memory.barrier(i1 &lt;ll&gt;, i1 &lt;ls&gt;, i1 &lt;sl&gt;, i1 &lt;ss&gt;, i1 &lt;device&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007003</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007004
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007005<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007006<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
7007 specific pairs of memory access types.</p>
7008
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007009<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007010<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
7011 The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00007012 fifth argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007013 memory.</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007014
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007015<ul>
7016 <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
7017 <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
7018 <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
7019 <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
7020 <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
7021</ul>
7022
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007023<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007024<p>This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
7025 the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not
7026 indicate <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces
7027 an <em>order</em> in which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load
7028 and store operations (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first
7029 operations preceding the barrier will complete before any of the second
7030 operations succeeding the barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each
7031 pairing is as follows:</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007032
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007033<ul>
7034 <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
7035 after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007036 <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007037 store after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007038 <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007039 store after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007040 <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007041 load after the barrier begins.</li>
7042</ul>
7043
7044<p>These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
7045 is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.</p>
7046
7047<p>Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do
7048 not support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do
7049 not need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become
7050 noops.</p>
7051
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007052<h5>Example:</h5>
7053<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007054%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7055%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007056 store i32 4, %ptr
7057
7058%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007059 call void @llvm.memory.barrier(i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false)
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007060 <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
7061 store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
7062</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007063
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007064</div>
7065
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007066<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7067<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007068 <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007069</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007070
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007071<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007072
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007073<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007074<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
7075 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
7076 support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007077
7078<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007079 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;cmp&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;)
7080 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;cmp&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt;)
7081 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;cmp&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt;)
7082 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;cmp&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007083</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007084
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007085<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007086<p>This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
7087 equal, it stores a new value into the memory.</p>
7088
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007089<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007090<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result
7091 as well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
7092 same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
7093 this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
7094 lower representations they support in hardware.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007095
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007096<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007097<p>This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
7098 in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the
7099 value <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the
7100 memory. The loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the
7101 equivalent of an atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA
7102 framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007103
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007104<h5>Examples:</h5>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007105<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007106%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7107%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007108 store i32 4, %ptr
7109
7110%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007111%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007112 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
7113%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
7114%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
7115
7116%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007117%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007118 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
7119%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
7120
7121%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
7122</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007123
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007124</div>
7125
7126<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7127<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7128 <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7129</div>
7130<div class="doc_text">
7131<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7132
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007133<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
7134 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
7135
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007136<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007137 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;)
7138 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt;)
7139 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt;)
7140 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007141</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007142
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007143<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007144<p>This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
7145 the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
7146 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7147
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007148<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007149<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both
7150 the <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit
7151 width. The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
7152 integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
7153 support.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007154
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007155<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007156<p>This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
7157 stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
7158 equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007159
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007160<h5>Examples:</h5>
7161<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007162%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7163%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007164 store i32 4, %ptr
7165
7166%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007167%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 %val1)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007168 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
7169%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
7170%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
7171
7172%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007173%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 %val2)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007174 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
7175
7176%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
7177%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
7178</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007179
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007180</div>
7181
7182<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7183<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007184 <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007185
7186</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007187
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007188<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007189
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007190<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007191<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on
7192 any integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
7193
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007194<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007195 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7196 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7197 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7198 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007199</pre>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007200
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007201<h5>Overview:</h5>
7202<p>This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory
7203 at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7204
7205<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7206<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7207 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7208 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7209 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7210
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007211<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007212<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
7213 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
7214 to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007215
7216<h5>Examples:</h5>
7217<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007218%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7219%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7220 store i32 4, %ptr
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007221%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 4)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007222 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007223%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 2)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007224 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007225%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 5)
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007226 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007227%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007228</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007229
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007230</div>
7231
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007232<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7233<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7234 <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7235
7236</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007237
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007238<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007239
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007240<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007241<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
7242 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
7243 support all bit widths however.</p>
7244
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007245<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007246 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7247 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7248 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7249 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007250</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007251
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007252<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007253<p>This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007254 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7255
7256<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7257<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7258 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7259 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7260 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7261
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007262<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007263<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
7264 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
7265 result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored
7266 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007267
7268<h5>Examples:</h5>
7269<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007270%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7271%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7272 store i32 8, %ptr
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007273%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 4)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007274 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007275%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 2)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007276 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007277%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 5)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007278 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
7279%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
7280</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007281
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007282</div>
7283
7284<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7285<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7286 <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7287 <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7288 <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7289 <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007290</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007291
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007292<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007293
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007294<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007295<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can
7296 use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>,
7297 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer
7298 bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
7299 widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007300
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007301<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007302 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7303 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7304 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7305 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007306</pre>
7307
7308<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007309 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7310 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7311 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7312 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007313</pre>
7314
7315<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007316 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7317 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7318 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7319 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007320</pre>
7321
7322<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007323 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7324 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7325 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7326 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007327</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007328
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007329<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007330<p>These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
7331 the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
7332 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007333
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007334<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7335<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7336 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7337 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7338 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7339
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007340<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007341<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
7342 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise
7343 operation <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the
7344 original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007345
7346<h5>Examples:</h5>
7347<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007348%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7349%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7350 store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007351%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007352 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007353%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007354 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007355%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0F)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007356 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007357%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 0F)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007358 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
7359%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
7360</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007361
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007362</div>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007363
7364<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7365<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7366 <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7367 <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7368 <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7369 <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007370</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007371
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007372<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007373
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007374<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007375<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
7376 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
7377 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
7378 address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007379
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007380<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007381 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7382 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7383 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7384 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007385</pre>
7386
7387<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007388 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7389 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7390 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7391 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007392</pre>
7393
7394<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007395 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7396 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7397 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7398 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007399</pre>
7400
7401<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007402 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8.p0i8(i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt;)
7403 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16(i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt;)
7404 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32(i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt;)
7405 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64.p0i64(i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt;)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007406</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007407
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007408<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007409<p>These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007410 <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
7411 original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007412
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007413<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7414<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7415 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7416 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7417 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7418
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007419<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007420<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
7421 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or
7422 max <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They
7423 yield the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007424
7425<h5>Examples:</h5>
7426<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007427%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7428%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7429 store i32 7, %ptr
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007430%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 -2)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007431 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007432%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 8)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007433 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007434%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 10)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007435 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007436%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32(i32* %ptr, i32 30)
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007437 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
7438%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
7439</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007440
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007441</div>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007442
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007443
7444<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7445<div class="doc_subsection">
7446 <a name="int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
7447</div>
7448
7449<div class="doc_text">
7450
7451<p>This class of intrinsics exists to information about the lifetime of memory
7452 objects and ranges where variables are immutable.</p>
7453
7454</div>
7455
7456<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7457<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7458 <a name="int_lifetime_start">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7459</div>
7460
7461<div class="doc_text">
7462
7463<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7464<pre>
7465 declare void @llvm.lifetime.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7466</pre>
7467
7468<h5>Overview:</h5>
7469<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies the start of a memory
7470 object's lifetime.</p>
7471
7472<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007473<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7474 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7475 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007476
7477<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7478<p>This intrinsic indicates that before this point in the code, the value of the
7479 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
Nick Lewycky8d336592009-10-27 16:56:58 +00007480 never be used and has an undefined value. A load from the pointer that
7481 precedes this intrinsic can be replaced with
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007482 <tt>'<a href="#undefvalues">undef</a>'</tt>.</p>
7483
7484</div>
7485
7486<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7487<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7488 <a name="int_lifetime_end">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7489</div>
7490
7491<div class="doc_text">
7492
7493<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7494<pre>
7495 declare void @llvm.lifetime.end(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7496</pre>
7497
7498<h5>Overview:</h5>
7499<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies the end of a memory
7500 object's lifetime.</p>
7501
7502<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007503<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7504 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7505 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007506
7507<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7508<p>This intrinsic indicates that after this point in the code, the value of the
7509 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
7510 never be used and has an undefined value. Any stores into the memory object
7511 following this intrinsic may be removed as dead.
7512
7513</div>
7514
7515<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7516<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7517 <a name="int_invariant_start">'<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7518</div>
7519
7520<div class="doc_text">
7521
7522<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7523<pre>
7524 declare {}* @llvm.invariant.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;) readonly
7525</pre>
7526
7527<h5>Overview:</h5>
7528<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7529 a memory object will not change.</p>
7530
7531<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007532<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7533 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7534 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007535
7536<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7537<p>This intrinsic indicates that until an <tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt> that uses
7538 the return value, the referenced memory location is constant and
7539 unchanging.</p>
7540
7541</div>
7542
7543<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7544<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7545 <a name="int_invariant_end">'<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7546</div>
7547
7548<div class="doc_text">
7549
7550<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7551<pre>
7552 declare void @llvm.invariant.end({}* &lt;start&gt;, i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7553</pre>
7554
7555<h5>Overview:</h5>
7556<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7557 a memory object are mutable.</p>
7558
7559<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7560<p>The first argument is the matching <tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt> intrinsic.
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007561 The second argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7562 object, or -1 if it is variable sized and the third argument is a pointer
7563 to the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007564
7565<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7566<p>This intrinsic indicates that the memory is mutable again.</p>
7567
7568</div>
7569
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007570<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7571<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007572 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
7573</div>
7574
7575<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007576
7577<p>This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
7578 purpose.</p>
7579
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007580</div>
7581
7582<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7583<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7584 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7585</div>
7586
7587<div class="doc_text">
7588
7589<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7590<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007591 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007592</pre>
7593
7594<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007595<p>The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007596
7597<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007598<p>The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
7599 global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
7600 file name, and the last argument is the line number.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007601
7602<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007603<p>This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
7604 This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for
7605 these annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
7606 generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007607
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007608</div>
7609
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007610<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7611<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattnere1a8da02007-09-21 23:57:59 +00007612 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007613</div>
7614
7615<div class="doc_text">
7616
7617<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007618<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
7619 any integer bit width.</p>
7620
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007621<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007622 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
7623 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
7624 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
7625 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
7626 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt;)
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007627</pre>
7628
7629<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007630<p>The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007631
7632<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007633<p>The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
7634 second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
7635 string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line
7636 number. It returns the value of the first argument.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007637
7638<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007639<p>This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions with
7640 arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that
7641 want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
7642 are ignored by code generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007643
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007644</div>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00007645
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007646<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7647<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7648 <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7649</div>
7650
7651<div class="doc_text">
7652
7653<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7654<pre>
7655 declare void @llvm.trap()
7656</pre>
7657
7658<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007659<p>The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007660
7661<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007662<p>None.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007663
7664<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007665<p>This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
7666 target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to
7667 the call of the <tt>abort()</tt> function.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007668
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007669</div>
7670
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007671<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7672<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Misha Brukmandccb0252008-11-22 23:55:29 +00007673 <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007674</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007675
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007676<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007677
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007678<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7679<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007680 declare void @llvm.stackprotector(i8* &lt;guard&gt;, i8** &lt;slot&gt;)
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007681</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007682
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007683<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007684<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and
7685 stores it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to
7686 ensure that it is placed on the stack before local variables.</p>
7687
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007688<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007689<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer
7690 arguments. The first argument is the value loaded from the stack
7691 guard <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt>
7692 that has enough space to hold the value of the guard.</p>
7693
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007694<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007695<p>This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
7696 the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
7697 stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
7698 overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits,
7699 the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're
7700 different, then the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt>
7701 function.</p>
7702
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007703</div>
7704
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007705<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7706<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7707 <a name="int_objectsize">'<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7708</div>
7709
7710<div class="doc_text">
7711
7712<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7713<pre>
Dan Gohman3dfb3cf2010-05-28 17:07:41 +00007714 declare i32 @llvm.objectsize.i32(i8* &lt;object&gt;, i1 &lt;type&gt;)
7715 declare i64 @llvm.objectsize.i64(i8* &lt;object&gt;, i1 &lt;type&gt;)
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007716</pre>
7717
7718<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007719<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is designed to provide information
Eric Christopherd003c5b2010-01-08 21:42:39 +00007720 to the optimizers to discover at compile time either a) when an
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007721 operation like memcpy will either overflow a buffer that corresponds to
7722 an object, or b) to determine that a runtime check for overflow isn't
7723 necessary. An object in this context means an allocation of a
Eric Christopher8295a0a2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007724 specific class, structure, array, or other object.</p>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007725
7726<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7727<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. The first
Eric Christopher8295a0a2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007728 argument is a pointer to or into the <tt>object</tt>. The second argument
7729 is a boolean 0 or 1. This argument determines whether you want the
7730 maximum (0) or minimum (1) bytes remaining. This needs to be a literal 0 or
7731 1, variables are not allowed.</p>
7732
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007733<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7734<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is lowered to either a constant
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007735 representing the size of the object concerned or <tt>i32/i64 -1 or 0</tt>
7736 (depending on the <tt>type</tt> argument if the size cannot be determined
7737 at compile time.</p>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007738
7739</div>
7740
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007741<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007742<hr>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007743<address>
7744 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007745 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007746 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007747 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007748
7749 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencer05fe4b02006-03-14 05:39:39 +00007750 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007751 Last modified: $Date$
7752</address>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00007753
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00007754</body>
7755</html>